e51de4de9108a01607e48faa8b6f5211c212eb00
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
83 * TFTP:: TFTP
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
89
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
96 @end menu
97
98 @node About
99 @unnumbered About
100 @cindex about
101
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a 2005 diploma thesis written
103 at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.hs-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
106 around the world.
107
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
109 @cindex TAP
110 @cindex JTAG
111
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
114 devices.
115
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
122
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
128
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board connect directly to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
134
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
141 scan operations.
142
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD supports only
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
147
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
152
153
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles:
155 USB-based, parallel port-based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
157
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x), Cortex-M3
160 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) and Intel Quark (x10xx)
161 based cores to be debugged via the GDB protocol.
162
163 @b{Flash Programming:} Flash writing is supported for external
164 CFI-compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) is included.
168
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
170
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
172
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
174
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
176
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
180
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
182
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
184
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
186
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
188
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
194
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
196
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
198
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
201
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
203
204 @section OpenOCD IRC
205
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
208
209 @node Developers
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
211 @cindex developers
212
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
217
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
220
221 @section OpenOCD Git Repository
222
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a Git repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
225
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
227
228 or via http
229
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
231
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
233
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
235
236 With standard Git tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a Git client:
241
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
243
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
246
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
251
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
253
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
258
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
260
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration at the top of the source tree.
264
265 @section Gerrit Review System
266
267 All changes in the OpenOCD Git repository go through the web-based Gerrit
268 Code Review System:
269
270 @uref{http://openocd.zylin.com/}
271
272 After a one-time registration and repository setup, anyone can push commits
273 from their local Git repository directly into Gerrit.
274 All users and developers are encouraged to review, test, discuss and vote
275 for changes in Gerrit. The feedback provides the basis for a maintainer to
276 eventually submit the change to the main Git repository.
277
278 The @file{HACKING} file, also available as the Patch Guide in the Doxygen
279 Developer Manual, contains basic information about how to connect a
280 repository to Gerrit, prepare and push patches. Patch authors are expected to
281 maintain their changes while they're in Gerrit, respond to feedback and if
282 necessary rework and push improved versions of the change.
283
284 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
285
286 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
287 communication between developers:
288
289 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
290
291 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
292
293 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
294 using Trac for its bug database:
295
296 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
297
298
299 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
300 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
301 @cindex dongles
302 @cindex FTDI
303 @cindex wiggler
304 @cindex zy1000
305 @cindex printer port
306 @cindex USB Adapter
307 @cindex RTCK
308
309 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugs into a computer and serves as
310 an adapter .... [snip]
311
312 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
313 attaches to your computer via USB or the parallel port. One
314 exception is the Ultimate Solutions ZY1000, packaged as a small box you
315 attach via an ethernet cable. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
316 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
317 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
318 and has a built-in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
319
320
321 @section Choosing a Dongle
322
323 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
324
325 @enumerate
326 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
327 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
328 other ways to communicate with target devices.
329 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
330 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
331 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
332 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
333 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
334 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, parallel, or
335 Ethernet port needed?
336 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
337 RTCK support (also known as ``adaptive clocking'')?
338 @end enumerate
339
340 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
341
342 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
343 stand-alone JTAG probe that, unlike most dongles, doesn't require any drivers
344 running on the developer's host computer.
345 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
346 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
347 IP address assigned to the probe.
348 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
349 OpenOCD debugger.
350 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
351 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
352 the target.
353 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
354 to power cycle the target remotely.
355
356 For more information, visit:
357
358 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/210-zylin-zy1000-main}
359
360 @section USB FT2232 Based
361
362 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them based
363 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
364 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
365 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
366 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
367 chips started to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012, a new
368 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
369 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
370 clocking.)
371
372 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
373 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
374 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
375 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
376 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
377
378 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
379 a built-in low-cost debug adapter and USB-to-serial solution.
380
381 @itemize @bullet
382 @item @b{usbjtag}
383 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
384 @item @b{jtagkey}
385 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
386 @item @b{jtagkey2}
387 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
388 @item @b{oocdlink}
389 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
390 @item @b{signalyzer}
391 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
392 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
393 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
394 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
395 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
396 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
397 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
398 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
399 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
400 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
401 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
402 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
403 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
404 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
405 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
406 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
407 @item @b{turtelizer2}
408 @* See:
409 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
410 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
411 @item @b{comstick}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
413 @item @b{stm32stick}
414 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
415 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
416 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
417 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
418 @item @b{cortino}
419 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
420 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
421 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
422 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
423 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
424 @item @b{opendous}
425 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
426 (OpenHardware).
427 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
428 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
429
430 @item @b{GW16042}
431 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
432 FT2232H-based
433
434 @end itemize
435 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
436
437 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
438 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
439 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
440 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
441 or emulates this protocol using some other hardware.
442
443 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
444 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
445 (see the section on driver commands).
446
447 @itemize
448 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
449 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
450 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
451 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
452 @end itemize
453
454 @section USB JLINK based
455 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
456 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
457 AT91SAM764 internally.
458
459 @itemize @bullet
460 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
461 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
462 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
464 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
465 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
466 @end itemize
467
468 @section USB RLINK based
469 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
470 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
471 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
475 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
476 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
477 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
478 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
480 @end itemize
481
482 @section USB ST-LINK based
483 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
484 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
485
486 @itemize @bullet
487 @item @b{ST-LINK}
488 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
489 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
490 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
491 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
492 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
493 @end itemize
494
495 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class; however,
496 its implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under Linux.
497 The simplest solution is to get Linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
498 @itemize @bullet
499 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
500 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
501 @end itemize
502
503 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
504 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
505 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
506 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
507
508 @section USB CMSIS-DAP based
509 ARM has released a interface standard called CMSIS-DAP that simplifies connecting
510 debuggers to ARM Cortex based targets @url{http://www.keil.com/support/man/docs/dapdebug/dapdebug_introduction.htm}.
511
512 @section USB Other
513 @itemize @bullet
514 @item @b{USBprog}
515 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
516
517 @item @b{USB - Presto}
518 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
519
520 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
521 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
522
523 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
524 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
525
526 @item @b{Buspirate}
527 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
528
529 @item @b{opendous}
530 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
531
532 @item @b{estick}
533 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
534
535 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
536 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
537 @end itemize
538
539 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
540
541 The two well-known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilinx DLC5
542 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
543 these on the market.
544
545 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
546 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
547 of USB-based ones.
548
549 @itemize @bullet
550
551 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
552 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
553
554 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
555 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
556 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
557
558 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
559 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
560
561 @item @b{Wiggler2}
562 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
563
564 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
565 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
566
567 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
568 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
569
570 @item @b{arm-jtag}
571 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
572
573 @item @b{chameleon}
574 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
575
576 @item @b{Triton}
577 @* Unknown.
578
579 @item @b{Lattice}
580 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
581 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
582
583 @item @b{flashlink}
584 @* From ST Microsystems;
585 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
586
587 @end itemize
588
589 @section Other...
590 @itemize @bullet
591
592 @item @b{ep93xx}
593 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
594
595 @item @b{at91rm9200}
596 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
597
598 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
599 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
600
601 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
602 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
603 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
604
605 @end itemize
606
607 @node About Jim-Tcl
608 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
609 @cindex Jim-Tcl
610 @cindex tcl
611
612 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
613 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
614 command interpreter.
615
616 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
617 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
618 much of anything about Tcl.
619 Alternatively, you can write Tcl programs with them.
620
621 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.tcl.tk}.
622 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
623 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
624 OpenOCD mailing list.
625
626 @itemize @bullet
627 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
628 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
629 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
630 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
631 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
632 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
633
634 @item @b{Missing Features}
635 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
636 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
637 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
638 enabled in OpenOCD.
639
640 @item @b{Scripts}
641 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
642 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
643 Jim-Tcl commands, and the (older) original command interpreter.
644
645 @item @b{Commands}
646 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
647 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
648 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
649 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
650
651 @item @b{Historical Note}
652 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
653 before OpenOCD 0.5 release, OpenOCD switched to using Jim-Tcl
654 as a Git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim-Tcl
655 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim-Tcl.
656
657 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
658 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
659 @end itemize
660
661 @node Running
662 @chapter Running
663 @cindex command line options
664 @cindex logfile
665 @cindex directory search
666
667 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
668 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
669 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. An example rules file
670 that works for many common adapters is shipped with OpenOCD in the
671 @file{contrib} directory. MS-Windows needs
672 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
673 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
674
675 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
676 tell it how each debug session should work.
677 The @option{--help} option shows:
678 @verbatim
679 bash$ openocd --help
680
681 --help | -h display this help
682 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
683 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
684 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
685 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
686 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
687 --command | -c run <command>
688 @end verbatim
689
690 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
691 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
692 To specify one or more different
693 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
694
695 @example
696 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
697 @end example
698
699 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
700 @enumerate
701 @item the current directory,
702 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
703 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
704 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
705 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
706 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
707 @end enumerate
708 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
709
710 @quotation Note
711 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
712 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
713 @end quotation
714
715 @section Simple setup, no customization
716
717 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
718 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
719 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
720 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
721 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
722
723 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
724 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
725 the server with some variation of one of the following:
726
727 @example
728 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
729 openocd -f interface/ftdi/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
730 @end example
731
732 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
733 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
734 If all goes well you'll see output something like
735
736 @example
737 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
738 For bug reports, read
739 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
740 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
741 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
742 @end example
743
744 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
745 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
746 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
747
748 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
749
750 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
751 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
752 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
753 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
754 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
755 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
756 ensure that this always succeeds.
757 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
758 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
759 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
760 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
761
762 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
763 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
764 those channels.
765
766 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
767 the @option{-d} option.
768
769 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
770 @option{-c} command line switch.
771
772 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
773 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
774 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
775 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
776 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
777 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
778 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
779
780 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
781 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
782
783 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
784 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
785 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
786 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
787
788 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
789 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
790
791 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
792 just connect the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
793 and start the OpenOCD server.
794 You also need to configure your OpenOCD server so that it knows
795 about your adapter and board, and helps your work.
796 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
797 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
798
799 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
800
801 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
802 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
803 and a USB cable on the other.
804 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
805 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
806
807 @enumerate
808 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
809 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
810 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
811 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
812 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
813 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
814 debugging host.
815
816 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
817 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
818 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
819 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
820 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
821
822 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
823 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
824 with 1.2 Volt boards.
825
826 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
827 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
828 ways to connect the cable.
829 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
830 Be sure it's firmly connected.
831
832 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
833 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
834 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
835 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
836 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
837 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
838 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
839 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
840
841 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
842 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
843 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
844 but are tedious to set up.
845 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
846 adapter signals to the right board pins.
847
848 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
849 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
850 you are using to run OpenOCD.
851 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
852
853 For USB-based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
854 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If you're running
855 Linux, try the @command{lsusb} command. If that host is an
856 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
857
858 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
859 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
860 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
861
862 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
863 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
864 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
865 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
866
867 @end enumerate
868
869 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
870 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
871 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
872
873 @section Project Directory
874
875 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
876
877 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
878 single directory for your work with a given board.
879 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
880 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
881 files accessed through semihosting,
882 and for code you upload to the target board.
883 It is also the natural place to write files,
884 such as log files and data you download from the board.
885
886 @section Configuration Basics
887
888 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
889 a variety of ways you can mix them.
890 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
891
892 @itemize
893 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
894 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
895 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
896 @end itemize
897
898 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
899 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
900 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
901
902 @example
903 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
904
905 # GDB can also flash my flash!
906 gdb_memory_map enable
907 gdb_flash_program enable
908
909 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
910 @end example
911
912 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
913
914 @example
915 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
916 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
917 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
918 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
919 @end example
920
921 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
922 each supporting a different development task.
923 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
924 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
925
926 @quotation Important
927 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
928 problems with how it treats variables.
929 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
930 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
931 that can be tested in a later script.
932 @end quotation
933
934 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
935 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
936 to simplify your work.
937
938 @section User Config Files
939 @cindex config file, user
940 @cindex user config file
941 @cindex config file, overview
942
943 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
944 in one place.
945 One of the following will match your situation best:
946
947 @itemize
948 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
949 provided by someone else.
950 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
951 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
952 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
953 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
954 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
955 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
956
957 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
958 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
959
960 @enumerate
961 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
962 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
963 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
964 @end enumerate
965
966 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
967 The first is an interface config file.
968 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
969 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
970 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
971 meet your deadline:
972
973 @example
974 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
975 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
976 @end example
977
978 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
979 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
980 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
981 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
982
983 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
984 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
985 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
986 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
987 target and board
988 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
989 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
990
991 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
992 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
993 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
994 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
995
996 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
997 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
998 giving access to your particular flash chips.
999 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
1000 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
1001
1002 @quotation Note
1003 When you write new configuration files, please submit
1004 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
1005 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
1006 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
1007 will help support users of any board using that chip.
1008 @end quotation
1009
1010 @item
1011 You may may need to write some C code.
1012 It may be as simple as supporting a new FT2232 or parport
1013 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
1014 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
1015 a new chip architecture.
1016 @end itemize
1017
1018 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
1019 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
1020 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
1021
1022 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1023 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1024 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1025 @itemize
1026
1027 @item
1028 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1029 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1030 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1031 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1032
1033 @item
1034 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1035 @cindex vector_catch
1036 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1037 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1038 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1039 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1040 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1041 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1042
1043 @item
1044 You might need to override some defaults.
1045 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1046 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1047
1048 @item
1049 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1050 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1051 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1052 @end itemize
1053
1054 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1055
1056 A few project-specific utility
1057 routines may well speed up your work.
1058 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1059
1060 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1061 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1062 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1063 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1064 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1065 may help:
1066
1067 @example
1068 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1069 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1070 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1071 # Leave the CPU halted.
1072 reset init
1073
1074 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1075 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1076
1077 # Start running.
1078 resume 0x20000000
1079 @}
1080 @end example
1081
1082 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1083 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1084 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1085 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1086 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1087
1088 @example
1089 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1090 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1091 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1092 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1093 reset init
1094
1095 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1096 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1097 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1098 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1099 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1100 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1101 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1102
1103 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1104 reset run
1105 @}
1106 @end example
1107
1108 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1109 from NAND.
1110 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1111 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1112 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1113
1114 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1115 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1116
1117 @section Target Software Changes
1118
1119 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1120 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1121 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1122 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1123 handling issues like:
1124
1125 @itemize @bullet
1126
1127 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1128 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1129 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1130 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1131 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1132 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1133 your debug sessions.
1134
1135 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1136 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1137 That might however be your only option.
1138
1139 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1140 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1141 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1142 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1143 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1144 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1145 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1146 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1147 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1148 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1149 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1150 instead of the whole thing.
1151 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1152 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1153
1154 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1155 @cindex ARM semihosting
1156 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1157 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1158 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1159 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1160 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1161 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1162 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1163 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1164 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1165 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1166 NAND or SPI flash.
1167
1168 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1169 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1170 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1171 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1172 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1173
1174 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1175 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1176 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1177 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1178 registers which can be used to change various features including
1179 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1180 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1181 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1182 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1183 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1184
1185 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1186 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1187 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1188 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1189 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1190
1191 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1192 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1193 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1194 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1195 early code execution can be debugged
1196 or firmware can be replaced.
1197
1198 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1199 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1200 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1201 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1202 operations like writing to memory.)
1203
1204 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1205 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1206 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1207 various kinds of message.
1208 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1209
1210 @end itemize
1211
1212 @section Target Hardware Setup
1213
1214 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1215 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1216 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1217 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1218 working with.}
1219
1220 Common issues include:
1221
1222 @itemize @bullet
1223
1224 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1225 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1226 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1227 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1228 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1229 or one from a daughtercard).
1230 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1231 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1232
1233 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1234 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1235 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1236 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1237 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1238 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1239
1240 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1241 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1242 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1243 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1244 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1245
1246
1247 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1248 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1249 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1250 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1251 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1252 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1253 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1254
1255 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1256 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1257 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1258 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1259 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1260
1261 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1262 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1263 used to start booting.
1264
1265 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1266 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1267 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1268 multiple audio codec chips).
1269 This interacts with software
1270 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1271 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1272 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1273 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1274 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1275 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1276 audio or video codecs are used.
1277
1278 @end itemize
1279
1280 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1281 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1282 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1283 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1284 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1285 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1286 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1287 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1288 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1289 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1290
1291
1292 @node Config File Guidelines
1293 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1294
1295 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1296 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1297 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1298 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1299
1300 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1301 with files including the ones listed here.
1302 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1303 @itemize @bullet
1304 @item @file{interface} ...
1305 These are for debug adapters.
1306 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1307 @example
1308 $ ls interface -R
1309 interface/:
1310 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1311 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1312 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1313 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1314 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1315 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1316 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1317 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1318 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1319 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1320 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1321 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1322 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1323 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1324 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1325 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1326 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1327 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1328 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1329 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1330 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1332 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1333 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1334 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1335
1336 interface/ftdi:
1337 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1338 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1339 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1340 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1341 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1342 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1343 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1344 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1345 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1346 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1347 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1348 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1349 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1350 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1351 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1352 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1353 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1354 $
1355 @end example
1356 @item @file{board} ...
1357 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1358 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1359 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1360 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1361 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1362 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1363 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1364 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1365 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1366 a CPU and an FPGA.
1367 @example
1368 $ ls board
1369 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1370 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1371 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1372 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1373 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1374 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1375 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1376 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1377 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1378 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1379 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1380 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1381 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1382 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1383 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1384 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1385 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1386 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1387 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1388 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1389 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1390 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1391 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1392 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1393 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1394 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1395 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1396 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1397 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1398 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1399 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1400 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1401 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1402 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1403 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1404 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1405 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1406 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1407 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1408 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1409 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1410 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1411 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1412 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1413 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1414 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1415 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1416 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1417 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1418 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1419 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1420 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1421 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1422 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1423 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1424 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1425 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1426 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1427 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1428 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1429 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1430 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1431 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1432 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1433 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1434 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1435 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1436 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1437 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1438 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1439 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1440 $
1441 @end example
1442 @item @file{target} ...
1443 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1444 on a chip
1445 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1446 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1447 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1448 the target config file defines all of them.
1449 @example
1450 $ ls target
1451 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1452 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1453 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1454 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1455 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1456 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1457 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1458 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1459 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1460 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1461 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1462 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1463 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1464 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1465 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1466 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1467 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1468 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1469 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1470 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1471 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1472 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1473 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1474 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1475 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1476 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1477 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1478 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1479 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1480 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1481 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1482 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1483 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1484 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1485 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1486 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1487 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1488 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1489 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1490 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1491 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1492 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1493 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1494 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1495 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1496 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1497 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1498 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1499 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1500 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1501 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1502 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1503 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1504 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1505 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1506 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1507 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1508 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1509 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1510 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1511 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1512 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1513 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1514 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1515 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1516 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1517 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1518 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1519 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1520 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1521 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1522 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1523 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1524 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1525 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1526 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1527 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1528 @end example
1529 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1530 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1531 @end itemize
1532
1533 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1534 file may override features in any of the above files by
1535 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1536 commands specific to their situation.
1537
1538 @section Interface Config Files
1539
1540 The user config file
1541 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1542
1543 @example
1544 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1545 @end example
1546
1547 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1548 in use today with OpenOCD.
1549 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1550 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1551
1552 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1553 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1554 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1555 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1556 and need to provide a driver for it.
1557
1558 @section Board Config Files
1559 @cindex config file, board
1560 @cindex board config file
1561
1562 The user config file
1563 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1564
1565 @example
1566 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1567 @end example
1568
1569 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1570 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1571 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1572
1573 @enumerate
1574 @item One or more @command{source [find target/...cfg]} statements
1575 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1576 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1577 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1578 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1579 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1580 @end enumerate
1581
1582 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1583 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1584 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1585 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1586
1587 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1588 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1589 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1590 configuration works.
1591
1592 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1593
1594 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1595 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1596 convention on how to use certain variables.
1597
1598 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1599 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1600 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1601 used at will within a target configuration file.
1602
1603 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1604 for a board with three chips:
1605
1606 @example
1607 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1608 set CHIPNAME network
1609 set ENDIAN big
1610 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1611 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1612 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1613 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1614
1615 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1616 set CHIPNAME video
1617 set ENDIAN little
1618 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1619 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1620 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1621 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1622
1623 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1624 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1625 unset ENDIAN
1626 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1627 @end example
1628
1629 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1630 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1631 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1632 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1633 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1634 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1635 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1636 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1637
1638 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1639 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1640 naming collisions.
1641
1642 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1643 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1644 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1645 up other clocks and peripherals.
1646
1647 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1648 @cindex variable names
1649
1650 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1651 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1652 one such chip (as shown above).
1653 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1654 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1655 to promote consistency and
1656 so that board files can override target defaults.
1657
1658 Inputs to target config files include:
1659
1660 @itemize @bullet
1661 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1662 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1663 tap identifier dotted names.
1664 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1665 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1666 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1667 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1668 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1669 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1670 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1671 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1672 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1673 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1674 @end itemize
1675
1676 Outputs from target config files include:
1677
1678 @itemize @bullet
1679 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1680 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1681 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1682 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1683 specific to that board and that target.
1684 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1685 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1686 @end itemize
1687
1688 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1689 @cindex event, reset-init
1690 @cindex reset-init handler
1691
1692 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1693 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1694 fully set up yet.
1695 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1696 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1697 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1698 handler is one of the most important.
1699
1700 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1701 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1702 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1703 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1704 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1705
1706 @quotation Note
1707 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1708 are included here.
1709 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1710 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1711 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1712 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1713 @end quotation
1714
1715 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1716 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1717 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1718 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1719 those as parameters.
1720 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1721 and disabling the watchdog.
1722 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1723 the next developer doing such work.
1724 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1725
1726 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1727 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1728 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1729 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1730
1731 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1732
1733 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1734 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1735 a low JTAG clock rate.
1736 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1737 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1738 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1739 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1740 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1741 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1742 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1743
1744 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1745 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1746 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1747 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1748 which might be less than that.
1749
1750 @quotation Warning
1751 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1752 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1753 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1754 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1755 @end quotation
1756
1757 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1758 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1759 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1760 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1761 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1762 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1763
1764 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1765 @subsection The init_board procedure
1766 @cindex init_board procedure
1767
1768 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1769 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1770 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1771 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1772 separate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1773 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1774 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1775 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1776 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1777 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1778 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1779 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to add some specifics.
1780
1781 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overridden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1782 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1783
1784 @example
1785 ### board_file.cfg ###
1786
1787 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1788 source [find target/target.cfg]
1789
1790 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1791 # enables fast on-board clock source
1792 # configures the chip to use it
1793 @}
1794
1795 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1796 proc init_board @{@} @{
1797 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1798
1799 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1800 adapter_khz 1
1801 enable_fast_clock
1802 adapter_khz 10000
1803 @}
1804 @}
1805 @end example
1806
1807 @section Target Config Files
1808 @cindex config file, target
1809 @cindex target config file
1810
1811 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1812 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1813 more target config files like this:
1814
1815 @example
1816 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1817 @end example
1818
1819 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1820 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1821 In summary the target files should contain
1822
1823 @enumerate
1824 @item Set defaults
1825 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1826 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1827 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1828 @item On-Chip flash
1829 @end enumerate
1830
1831 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1832 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1833 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1834
1835 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1836 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1837 can talk to the chip.
1838 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1839 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1840 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1841 and other processing engines.
1842
1843 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1844
1845 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1846 letting board config files express environment-specific
1847 differences in how things should be set up.
1848
1849 @example
1850 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1851 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1852 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1853 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1854 @} else @{
1855 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1856 @}
1857
1858 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1859 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1860 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1861 @} else @{
1862 set _ENDIAN little
1863 @}
1864
1865 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1866 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1867 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1868 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1869 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1870 @} else @{
1871 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1872 @}
1873 @end example
1874 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1875
1876 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1877 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1878 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1879
1880 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1881 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1882 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1883
1884 @example
1885 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1886 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1887 @end example
1888
1889 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1890 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1891 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1892 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1893 for taps.
1894
1895 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1896 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1897 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1898 looks (in part) like this:
1899
1900 @example
1901 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1902 @end example
1903
1904 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1905 to source such a config file twice, with different
1906 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1907 it adds a different TAP each time.
1908
1909 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1910 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1911 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1912 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1913
1914 @example
1915 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1916 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1917 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1918 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1919 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1920 @end example
1921
1922 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1923 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1924
1925 @itemize
1926 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1927 plus a JRC to enable them
1928 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1929 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1930 is not currently used)
1931 @end itemize
1932
1933 @subsection Add CPU targets
1934
1935 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1936 GDB and other commands can use it.
1937 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1938 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1939 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1940 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1941
1942 @example
1943 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1944 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1945 @end example
1946
1947 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1948 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1949 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1950 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1951 a work area if you can.
1952 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1953
1954 @example
1955 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1956 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1957 @end example
1958
1959 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1960 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1961 @cindex SMP
1962 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1963
1964 @example
1965 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1966 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1967 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1968 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1969 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1970 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1971 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1972 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1973 @end example
1974 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1975 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1976 @itemize @bullet
1977 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1978 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1979 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1980 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1981 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1982 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1983 @end itemize
1984
1985 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1986 command have been implemented.
1987 @itemize @bullet
1988 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1989 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1990 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1991 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1992 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1993 following example.
1994 @end itemize
1995
1996 @example
1997 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1998 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1999 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2000 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2001 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
2002 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
2003 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2004 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2005 > resume
2006 > cortex_a smp_gdb
2007 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
2008 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
2009 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2010 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
2011 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
2012 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
2013 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2014 @end example
2015
2016
2017 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
2018
2019 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
2020 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
2021 chip can be tweaked by the board.
2022
2023 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2024 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2025 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2026 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2027 both signals.
2028
2029 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2030 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2031 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2032 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2033 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2034 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2035 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2036 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2037 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2038 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2039 not available.)
2040
2041 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2042 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2043 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2044 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2045 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2046 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2047 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2048 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2049
2050 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2051 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2052 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2053 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2054 slower clock than they will use later.
2055 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2056 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2057 than they will use later.
2058 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2059
2060 @quotation Important
2061 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2062 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2063 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2064 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2065 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2066 @end quotation
2067
2068 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2069 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2070 @cindex init_targets procedure
2071
2072 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2073 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2074 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2075 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2076 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2077 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2078 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2079 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2080 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2081
2082 @example
2083 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2084
2085 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2086 # basic initialization procedure ...
2087 @}
2088
2089 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2090 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2091 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2092 @}
2093
2094 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2095
2096 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2097
2098 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2099 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2100 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2101 @}
2102 @end example
2103
2104 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2105 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2106
2107 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2108
2109 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2110 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2111
2112 @anchor{theinittargeteventsprocedure}
2113 @subsection The init_target_events procedure
2114 @cindex init_target_events procedure
2115
2116 A special procedure called @code{init_target_events} is run just after
2117 @code{init_targets} (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets
2118 procedure}.) and before @code{init_board}
2119 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.) It is used
2120 to set up default target events for the targets that do not have those
2121 events already assigned.
2122
2123 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2124
2125 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2126 special high speed download features - enable it.
2127
2128 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2129
2130 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2131 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2132 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2133 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2134 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2135 If you are using an external trace port,
2136 configure it in your board config file.
2137 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2138 configure it in your target config file.
2139
2140 @example
2141 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2142 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2143 @end example
2144
2145 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2146
2147 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2148
2149 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2150 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2151 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2152 the TARGET (chip) file.
2153
2154 Examples:
2155 @itemize @bullet
2156 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2157 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2158 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2159 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2160 @end itemize
2161
2162 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2163 @section Translating Configuration Files
2164 @cindex translation
2165 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2166 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2167 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2168 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2169 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2170 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2171
2172 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2173 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2174 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2175 convert other scripts later on.
2176
2177 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2178 replace job:
2179
2180 @example
2181 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2182 #
2183 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2184 #
2185 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2186 #
2187 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2188
2189 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2190 global TARGETNAME
2191
2192 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2193
2194 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2195 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2196 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2197 @}
2198 @end example
2199
2200
2201
2202 @node Daemon Configuration
2203 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2204 @cindex initialization
2205 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2206 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2207 supported.
2208
2209 @anchor{configurationstage}
2210 @section Configuration Stage
2211 @cindex configuration stage
2212 @cindex config command
2213
2214 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2215 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2216 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2217 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2218 inside startup scripts.
2219
2220 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2221 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2222 which may be issued interactively.
2223 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2224 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2225
2226 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2227 flash banks,
2228 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2229 and other basic setup.
2230 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2231 may access or activate TAPs.
2232 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2233 longer be issued.
2234
2235 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2236 @section Entering the Run Stage
2237
2238 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2239 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2240 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2241 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2242 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2243 You should see no errors at this point.
2244 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2245 commands you used to configure the server.
2246 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2247 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2248 on the scan chain.
2249
2250 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2251 become available.
2252 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2253 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2254 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2255 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2256 entry to the run stage.
2257
2258 @deffn {Config Command} init
2259 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2260 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2261 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2262 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2263 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2264 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2265
2266 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2267 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2268 configuration files and/or command line options.
2269
2270 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2271 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2272 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2273 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2274 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2275 @end deffn
2276
2277 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2278 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2279 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2280
2281 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2282 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2283 scan chain.
2284 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2285 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2286
2287 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2288 they return.
2289 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2290 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2291 @end deffn
2292
2293 @anchor{tcpipports}
2294 @section TCP/IP Ports
2295 @cindex TCP port
2296 @cindex server
2297 @cindex port
2298 @cindex security
2299 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2300 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2301 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2302
2303 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2304 access using one or more of these ports.
2305 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2306 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2307 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2308
2309 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2310 @cindex GDB server
2311 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2312 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2313 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2314 the normal use cases.
2315
2316 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2317 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2318 disables the gdb server.
2319
2320 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2321 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2322
2323 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2324 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2325
2326 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2327 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2328 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2329
2330 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2331 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2332 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2333 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2334 @end deffn
2335
2336 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2337 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2338 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2339 output from the Tcl engine.
2340 Intended as a machine interface.
2341 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2342 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2343
2344 @end deffn
2345
2346 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2347 Specify or query the
2348 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2349 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2350 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2351 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2352 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2353 @end deffn
2354
2355 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2356 @section GDB Configuration
2357 @cindex GDB
2358 @cindex GDB configuration
2359 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2360 The ones listed here are static and global.
2361 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2362 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2363
2364 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2365 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2366 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2367 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2368 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2369 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2370 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2371 @end deffn
2372
2373 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2374 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2375 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2376 vFlash packet is received.
2377 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2378 @end deffn
2379
2380 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2381 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2382 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2383 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2384 for flash programming to work.
2385 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2386 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2387 @end deffn
2388
2389 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2390 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2391 by GDB memory read packets.
2392 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2393 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2394 @end deffn
2395
2396 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2397 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2398 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2399 @end deffn
2400
2401 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2402 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2403
2404 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2405 @end deffn
2406
2407 @anchor{eventpolling}
2408 @section Event Polling
2409
2410 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2411 where significant events can happen at any time.
2412 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2413 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2414 or to GDB.
2415
2416 Examples of such events include:
2417
2418 @itemize
2419 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2420 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2421 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2422 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2423 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2424 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2425 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2426 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2427 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2428 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2429 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2430 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2431 @end itemize
2432
2433 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2434 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2435 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2436 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2437 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2438
2439 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2440 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2441 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2442 to the various active targets.
2443 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2444 which is normally done in the background.
2445
2446 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2447 Poll the current target for its current state.
2448 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2449 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2450 specific information about the current state is printed.
2451 An optional parameter
2452 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2453
2454 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2455 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2456 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2457 @example
2458 > poll
2459 background polling: on
2460 target state: halted
2461 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2462 current mode: Supervisor
2463 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2464 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2465 >
2466 @end example
2467 @end deffn
2468
2469 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2470 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2471 @cindex config file, interface
2472 @cindex interface config file
2473
2474 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2475 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2476 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2477
2478 @quotation Note
2479 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2480 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2481 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2482 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2483 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2484 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2485 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2486 @end quotation
2487
2488 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2489 through commands in an interface configuration
2490 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2491 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2492
2493 @example
2494 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2495 @end example
2496
2497 These commands tell
2498 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2499 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2500
2501 @example
2502 # jlink interface
2503 interface jlink
2504 @end example
2505
2506 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2507
2508
2509 @section Interface Configuration
2510
2511 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2512 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2513 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2514
2515 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2516 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2517 target.
2518 @end deffn
2519
2520 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2521 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2522 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2523 @end deffn
2524 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2525 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2526 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2527 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2528 the hardware can support.
2529 @end deffn
2530
2531
2532
2533 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2534 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2535 @end deffn
2536
2537 @section Interface Drivers
2538
2539 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2540 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2541 available at run time.
2542
2543 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2544 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2545 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2546 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2547
2548 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2549 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2550 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2551 @end deffn
2552
2553 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2554 Displays status of RTCK option.
2555 Optionally sets that option first.
2556 @end deffn
2557 @end deffn
2558
2559 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2560 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2561 This has one driver-specific command:
2562
2563 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2564 Logs some status
2565 @end deffn
2566 @end deffn
2567
2568 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2569 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2570 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2571 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2572 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2573 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2574 @end deffn
2575
2576 @deffn {Interface Driver} {cmsis-dap}
2577 ARM CMSIS-DAP compliant based adapter.
2578
2579 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2580 The vendor ID and product ID of the CMSIS-DAP device. If not specified
2581 the driver will attempt to auto detect the CMSIS-DAP device.
2582 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2583 @example
2584 cmsis_dap_vid_pid 0xc251 0xf001 0x0d28 0x0204
2585 @end example
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Command} {cmsis-dap info}
2589 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2590 @end deffn
2591 @end deffn
2592
2593 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2594 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2595 @end deffn
2596
2597 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2598 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2599 @end deffn
2600
2601 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2602 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2603
2604 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2605 recommended as its replacement.
2606
2607 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2608 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2609
2610 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2611 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2612 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2613 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2614 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2615 @end deffn
2616
2617 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2618 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2619 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2620 is connected to the host.
2621 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2622 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2623 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2624 @end deffn
2625
2626 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2627 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2628 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2629 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2630 @itemize @minus
2631 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2632 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2633 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2634 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2635 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2636 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2637 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2638 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2639 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2640 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2641 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2642 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2643 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2644 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2645 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2646 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2647 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2648 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2649 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2650 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2651 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2652 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2653 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2654 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2655 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2656 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2657 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2658 @end itemize
2659 @end deffn
2660
2661 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2662 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2663 default values are used.
2664 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2665 @example
2666 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2667 @end example
2668 @end deffn
2669
2670 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2671 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2672 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2673 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2674 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2675 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2676 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2677 @end deffn
2678
2679 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2680 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2681 The default value is 1.
2682 @end deffn
2683
2684 For example, the interface config file for a
2685 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2686
2687 @example
2688 interface ft2232
2689 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2690 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2691 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2692 @end example
2693 @end deffn
2694
2695 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2696 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2697 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2698 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2699 interface driver.
2700
2701 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2702 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2703 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2704
2705 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2706 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2707 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2708
2709 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2710 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2711 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2712 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2713 will be used for their customary purpose.
2714
2715 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2716 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2717 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2718 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2719
2720 @itemize @minus
2721 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2722 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2723 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2724 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2725 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2726 switching data and direction as necessary
2727 @end itemize
2728
2729 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2730 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2731
2732 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2733 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2734 default values are used.
2735 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2736 @example
2737 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2738 @end example
2739 @end deffn
2740
2741 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2742 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2743 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2744 during device selection.
2745 @end deffn
2746
2747 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2748 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2749 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2750 is connected to the host.
2751 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2752 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2753 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2754 @end deffn
2755
2756 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2757 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2758 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2759 @end deffn
2760
2761 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2762 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2763 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2764 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2765 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2766 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2767 and initially asserted reset signals.
2768 @end deffn
2769
2770 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask] [@option{-alias}|@option{-nalias} name]
2771 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2772 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2773 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2774 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2775 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2776 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2777 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2778 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2779
2780 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2781 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2782 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2783 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2784 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2785 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2786
2787 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2788 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2789 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2790 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2791 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2792 are always driven by the FTDI.
2793
2794 If @option{-alias} or @option{-nalias} is used, the signal is created
2795 identical (or with data inverted) to an already specified signal
2796 @var{name}.
2797 @end deffn
2798
2799 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2800 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2801 @itemize @minus
2802 @item @option{0}, drive low
2803 @item @option{1}, drive high
2804 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2805 @end itemize
2806 @end deffn
2807
2808 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2809 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2810 @end deffn
2811
2812 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2813 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2814 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2815 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2816
2817 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2818 processors which are being simulated.
2819
2820 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2821 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2822 sockets instead of TCP.
2823 @end deffn
2824
2825 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2826 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2827 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2828 @end deffn
2829
2830 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2831 something like:
2832
2833 @example
2834 interface remote_bitbang
2835 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2836 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2837 @end example
2838
2839 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2840 named mysocket:
2841
2842 @example
2843 interface remote_bitbang
2844 remote_bitbang_port 0
2845 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2846 @end example
2847 @end deffn
2848
2849 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2850 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2851 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2852 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2853
2854 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2855 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2856 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2857 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2858 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2859 @end deffn
2860
2861 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2862 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2863 default values are used.
2864 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2865 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2866 @example
2867 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2868 @end example
2869 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2870 @example
2871 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2872 @end example
2873 @end deffn
2874
2875 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2876 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2877 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2878 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2879
2880 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2881 @example
2882 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2883 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2884 @end example
2885 @end deffn
2886
2887 @end deffn
2888
2889 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2890 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2891 This has one driver-specific command:
2892
2893 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2894 Display either the address of the I/O port
2895 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2896 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2897 This is a write-once setting.
2898 @end deffn
2899 @end deffn
2900
2901 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2902 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2903
2904 @quotation Compatibility Note
2905 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2906 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2907 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2908 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2909 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2910 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2911 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2912 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2913 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2914 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2915 @end quotation
2916
2917 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2918 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2919 @end deffn
2920 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2921 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2922 @end deffn
2923 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2924 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2925 @end deffn
2926 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2927 Display the J-Link configuration.
2928 @end deffn
2929 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2930 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2931 @end deffn
2932 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2933 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2934 @end deffn
2935 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2936 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2937 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2938 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2939 @end deffn
2940 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2941 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2942 @end deffn
2943 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2944 Reset the current configuration.
2945 @end deffn
2946 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2947 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2948 @end deffn
2949 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2950 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2951 @end deffn
2952 @end deffn
2953
2954 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2955 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2956 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2957 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2958 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2959
2960 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2961 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2962 This is a write-once setting.
2963 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2964
2965 @itemize @minus
2966 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2967 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2968 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2969 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2970 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2971 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2972 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2973 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2974 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2975 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2976 some versions of
2977 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2978 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2979 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2980 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2981 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2982 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2983 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2984 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2985 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2986 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2987 @end itemize
2988 @end deffn
2989
2990 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2991 Display either the address of the I/O port
2992 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2993 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2994 This is a write-once setting.
2995
2996 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2997 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2998 you may encounter a problem.
2999 @end deffn
3000
3001 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
3002 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
3003 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
3004 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
3005 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
3006 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
3007
3008 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
3009 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
3010 @quotation Tip
3011 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
3012 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
3013 @example
3014 > parport_toggling_time 1000
3015 > adapter_khz 500
3016 @end example
3017 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
3018 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
3019 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
3020 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
3021 large set of samples.
3022 Update the setting to match your measurement:
3023 @example
3024 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
3025 @end example
3026 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
3027 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
3028
3029 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
3030 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
3031 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
3032 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
3033 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
3034 @end quotation
3035 @end deffn
3036
3037 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
3038 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
3039 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
3040 @end deffn
3041
3042 For example, the interface configuration file for a
3043 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
3044
3045 @example
3046 interface parport
3047 parport_port 0x278
3048 parport_cable wiggler
3049 @end example
3050 @end deffn
3051
3052 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
3053 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
3054 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3055 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3056 @end deffn
3057 @end deffn
3058
3059 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3060 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3061 @end deffn
3062
3063 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3064 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3065 @end deffn
3066
3067 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3068 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3069
3070 @quotation Note
3071 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3072 which are not currently documented here.
3073 @end quotation
3074 @end deffn
3075
3076 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3077 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3078 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3079 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3080
3081 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3082
3083 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3084 Currently Not Supported.
3085 @end deffn
3086
3087 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3088 Currently Not Supported.
3089 @end deffn
3090
3091 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3092 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3093 @end deffn
3094
3095 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3096 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3097 @end deffn
3098
3099 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} source_clock_hz [output_file_path]
3100 Enable SWO tracing (if supported). The source clock rate for the
3101 trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock rate. If
3102 the optional output file is specified then raw trace data is appended
3103 to the file, and the file is created if it does not exist.
3104 @end deffn
3105 @end deffn
3106
3107 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3108 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3109 @end deffn
3110
3111 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3112 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3113 @end deffn
3114
3115 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3116 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3117 @end deffn
3118
3119 @quotation Note
3120 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3121 which are not currently documented here.
3122 @end quotation
3123
3124 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3125 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3126 No arguments: print status.
3127 @end deffn
3128
3129 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3130 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3131 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3132
3133 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3134 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3135 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3136 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3137 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3138 configuration on exit.
3139
3140 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3141 pinout.
3142
3143 @end deffn
3144
3145 @section Transport Configuration
3146 @cindex Transport
3147 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3148 and the debug adapter you are using,
3149 several transports may be available to
3150 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3151 @deffn Command {transport list}
3152 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3153 version of OpenOCD.
3154 @end deffn
3155
3156 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3157 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3158 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3159 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3160 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3161 @end deffn
3162
3163 @subsection JTAG Transport
3164 @cindex JTAG
3165 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3166 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3167 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3168 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3169 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3170 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3171 @subsection SWD Transport
3172 @cindex SWD
3173 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3174 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3175 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3176 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3177 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3178 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3179 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3180 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3181 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3182 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3183 expected to change.
3184 @end deffn
3185 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3186 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3187 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3188 No parameters: displays current settings.
3189 @end deffn
3190
3191 @subsection CMSIS-DAP Transport
3192 @cindex CMSIS-DAP
3193 CMSIS-DAP is an ARM-specific transport that is used to connect to
3194 compilant debuggers.
3195
3196 @subsection SPI Transport
3197 @cindex SPI
3198 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3199 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3200 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3201 solution for flash programming.
3202
3203 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3204 @section JTAG Speed
3205 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3206 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3207 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3208 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3209 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3210 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3211 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3212 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3213 power management software that may be active.
3214
3215 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3216 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3217 target event handler.
3218 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3219 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3220 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3221 sets up those clocks).
3222 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3223 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3224 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3225 in the target config file.
3226 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3227 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3228 config file instead.
3229 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3230 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3231 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3232
3233 @example
3234 jtag_rclk 3000
3235 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3236 @end example
3237
3238 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3239 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3240 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3241 may not be the fastest solution.
3242
3243 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3244 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3245 which support adaptive clocking.
3246
3247 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3248 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3249 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3250 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3251 than the speed specified.
3252
3253 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3254 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3255 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3256 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3257
3258 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3259 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3260 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3261 JTAG clocking after setup.
3262 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3263 If the interface device can not
3264 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3265 @end deffn
3266
3267 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3268 @cindex adaptive clocking
3269 @cindex RTCK
3270 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3271 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3272 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3273 @example
3274 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3275 jtag_rclk 3000
3276 @end example
3277 @end defun
3278
3279 @node Reset Configuration
3280 @chapter Reset Configuration
3281 @cindex Reset Configuration
3282
3283 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3284 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3285 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3286 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3287 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3288 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3289 Please see the various board files for examples.
3290
3291 @quotation Note
3292 To maintainers and integrators:
3293 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3294 Normally the board configuration file
3295 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3296 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3297
3298 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3299 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3300 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3301 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3302 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3303 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3304 @end quotation
3305
3306 @section Types of Reset
3307
3308 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3309 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3310 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3311
3312 @itemize @bullet
3313 @item
3314 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3315 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3316 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3317 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3318 @item
3319 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3320 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3321 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3322 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3323 @item
3324 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3325 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3326 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3327 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3328 @item
3329 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3330 several other types of reset.
3331 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3332 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3333 There may be individual module resets.
3334 @end itemize
3335
3336 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3337 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3338 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3339 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3340 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3341 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3342 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3343 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3344 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3345
3346 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3347 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3348
3349 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3350 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3351 common issues are:
3352
3353 @itemize @bullet
3354
3355 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3356 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3357 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3358 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3359 when either of those signals is not connected.
3360 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3361 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3362 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3363 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3364
3365 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3366 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3367 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3368 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3369
3370 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3371 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3372 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3373 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3374 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3375 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3376 hardware debouncing.
3377 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3378 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3379
3380 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3381 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3382 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3383 to use push/pull output drivers.
3384 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3385 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3386 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3387 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3388
3389 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3390 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3391 issues (not limited to errata).
3392 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3393 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3394 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3395 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3396 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3397 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3398 @end itemize
3399
3400 There can also be other issues.
3401 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3402 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3403 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3404 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3405 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3406 Agreement (NDA).
3407
3408 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3409 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3410 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3411
3412 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3413 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3414
3415 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3416
3417 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3418 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3419 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3420 allowing it to be deasserted.
3421 @end deffn
3422
3423 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3424 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3425 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3426 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3427 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3428 @end deffn
3429
3430 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3431 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3432 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3433 allowing it to be deasserted.
3434 @end deffn
3435
3436 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3437 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3438 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3439 @end deffn
3440
3441 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3442 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3443 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3444 configuration scripts.
3445
3446 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3447 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3448 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3449 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3450 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3451 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3452 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3453 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3454
3455 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3456 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3457 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3458 -- may be specified at a time.
3459 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3460 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3461 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3462 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3463 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3464
3465 @itemize
3466 @item
3467 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3468 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3469 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3470 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3471 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3472
3473 @quotation Tip
3474 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3475 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3476 @end quotation
3477
3478 @item
3479 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3480 signal implementations.
3481 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3482 indicating everything behaves normally.
3483 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3484 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3485 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3486 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3487 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3488 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3489 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3490
3491 @item
3492 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3493 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3494 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3495 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3496 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3497 while SRST is asserted.
3498 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3499 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3500
3501 @item
3502 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3503 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3504 is required to use this option.
3505 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3506 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3507 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3508 be asserted before any target connection.
3509 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3510 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3511 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3512 @end itemize
3513
3514 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3515 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3516 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3517 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3518 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3519
3520 @itemize
3521 @item
3522 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3523 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3524 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3525 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3526
3527 @item
3528 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3529 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3530 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3531 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3532 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3533 @end itemize
3534 @end deffn
3535
3536 @section Custom Reset Handling
3537 @cindex events
3538
3539 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3540 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3541 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3542 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3543 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3544 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3545
3546 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3547 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3548 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3549 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3550 want to reset everything at once.
3551
3552 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3553 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3554 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3555 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3556 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3557 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3558 needs special attention.
3559
3560 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3561 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3562 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3563 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3564 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3565 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3566 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3567 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3568
3569 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3570 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3571 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3572 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3573 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3574
3575 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3576 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3577 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3578 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3579 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3580 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3581 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3582 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3583 or potentially some other value.
3584
3585 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3586 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3587 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3588 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3589 (or their associated targets)
3590 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3591
3592 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3593 they return.
3594 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3595 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3596 @end deffn
3597
3598 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3599 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3600 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3601 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3602 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3603 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3604 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3605 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3606 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3607 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3608 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3609 @end deffn
3610
3611 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3612 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3613 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3614 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3615 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3616 @end deffn
3617
3618
3619 @node TAP Declaration
3620 @chapter TAP Declaration
3621 @cindex TAP declaration
3622 @cindex TAP configuration
3623
3624 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3625 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3626
3627 @itemize @bullet
3628 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target.
3629 @item @b{Flash Programming} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3630 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3631 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3632 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3633 start running that code.
3634 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3635 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3636 and missing connections.
3637 @end itemize
3638
3639 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3640 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3641 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3642 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3643 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3644
3645 @section Scan Chains
3646 @cindex scan chain
3647
3648 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3649 which is a daisy chain of TAPs.
3650 They also need to be added to
3651 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3652 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3653 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3654 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3655 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3656 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3657 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3658 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3659
3660 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3661 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3662 command, presented in the next chapter.
3663 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3664 debugging targets.)
3665 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3666
3667 @verbatim
3668 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3669 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3670 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3671 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3672 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3673 @end verbatim
3674
3675 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3676 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3677 Unfortunately, those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3678 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3679 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3680 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3681 until they are told to do so.
3682
3683 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3684 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3685 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3686 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3687
3688 @example
3689 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3690 @end example
3691
3692 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3693 by a given chip.
3694 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3695 and so forth.
3696 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3697 That declaration order must match the order in the JTAG scan chain,
3698 both inside a single chip and between them.
3699 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3700
3701 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3702 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3703 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3704 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3705 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3706 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3707 includes commands something like this:
3708
3709 @example
3710 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3711 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3712 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3713 @end example
3714
3715 Actual config files typically use a variable such as @code{$_CHIPNAME}
3716 instead of literals like @option{str912}, to support more than one chip
3717 of each type. @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3718
3719 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3720 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3721 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3722 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3723 @example
3724 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3725 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3726 @}
3727 @end example
3728 @end deffn
3729
3730 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3731 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3732 and their status.
3733 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3734 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3735 but systems with a JTAG router can
3736 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3737 @end deffn
3738
3739 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3740 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3741
3742 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3743 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3744
3745 @section TAP Names
3746 @cindex dotted name
3747
3748 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3749 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3750 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3751 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3752 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3753 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3754 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3755 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3756
3757 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3758 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3759 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3760
3761 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3762
3763 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3764 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3765 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3766 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3767
3768 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3769 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3770 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3771 overridable.
3772
3773 @cindex TAP naming convention
3774 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3775 and should follow this convention:
3776
3777 @itemize @bullet
3778 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a separate TAP;
3779 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3780 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3781 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips with two ARMs, and so forth;
3782 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3783 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3784 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEPick modules
3785 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3786 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only for FPGA- or CPLD-like devices
3787 with a single TAP;
3788 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3789 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3790 For example, the Freescale i.MX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3791 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3792 @end itemize
3793
3794 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3795
3796 @itemize @bullet
3797 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3798 @*The length in bits of the
3799 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3800 @end itemize
3801
3802 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3803
3804 @itemize @bullet
3805 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3806 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3807 linked into the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3808 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3809 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3810 (the TAP is linked in).
3811 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3812 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{NUMBER}
3813 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3814 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3815 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3816 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3817 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3818 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3819 values that were found but not included in the list.
3820
3821 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3822 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3823 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3824 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3825 hardware to find these values.
3826 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3827 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3828 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3829 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3830 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3831 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3832 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3833 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3834 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3835 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3836 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3837 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3838 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3839 additional bits if you know them, or indicate that
3840 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3841 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3842 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3843 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3844 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3845 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3846 @end itemize
3847 @end deffn
3848
3849 @section Other TAP commands
3850
3851 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name
3852 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name handler
3853 At this writing this TAP attribute
3854 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3855 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3856 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3857 See the next section for information about the available events.
3858
3859 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3860 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3861 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3862 @end deffn
3863
3864 @section TAP Events
3865 @cindex events
3866 @cindex TAP events
3867
3868 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3869 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3870 The other applies to debugger targets,
3871 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3872
3873 The TAP events currently defined are:
3874
3875 @itemize @bullet
3876 @item @b{post-reset}
3877 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3878 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3879 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3880 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3881 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3882
3883 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3884 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3885 of any particular target.
3886 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3887 @item @b{setup}
3888 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3889 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3890 @item @b{tap-disable}
3891 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3892 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3893 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3894 @item @b{tap-enable}
3895 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3896 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3897 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3898 @end itemize
3899
3900 If you need some action after each JTAG reset which isn't actually
3901 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3902 contents to be accurate), you might:
3903
3904 @example
3905 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3906 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3907 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3908 @}
3909 @end example
3910
3911
3912 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3913 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3914 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3915 @cindex jrc
3916
3917 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3918 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3919 Many ARM-based chips from Texas Instruments include
3920 an ``ICEPick'' module, which is a JRC.
3921 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3922
3923 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3924 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3925 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3926 be visible.
3927 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3928 ignores, such as:
3929
3930 @itemize
3931 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3932 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3933 TAPs receive new instructions.
3934 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3935 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3936 @end itemize
3937
3938 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3939 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3940 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3941 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3942
3943 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3944 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3945
3946 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3947 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3948 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3949 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3950 should define TAP event handlers using
3951 code that looks something like this:
3952
3953 @example
3954 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3955 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3956 @}
3957 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3958 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3959 @}
3960 @end example
3961
3962 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3963
3964 @example
3965 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3966 @end example
3967
3968 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3969 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3970 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3971 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3972
3973 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3974 If necessary, disables the tap
3975 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3976 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3977 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3978 and "0" if it is disabled.
3979 @end deffn
3980
3981 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3982 If necessary, enables the tap
3983 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3984 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3985 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3986 and "0" if it is disabled.
3987 @end deffn
3988
3989 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3990 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3991 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3992 and "0" if it is disabled.
3993
3994 @quotation Note
3995 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3996 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3997 @end quotation
3998 @end deffn
3999
4000 @anchor{autoprobing}
4001 @section Autoprobing
4002 @cindex autoprobe
4003 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
4004
4005 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
4006 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
4007 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
4008 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
4009
4010 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
4011 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
4012 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
4013 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
4014 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
4015 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
4016 right when they come out of reset).
4017
4018 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
4019
4020 @example
4021 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
4022 reset_config trst_and_srst
4023 jtag_rclk 8
4024 @end example
4025
4026 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
4027 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
4028
4029 @enumerate
4030 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
4031 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
4032 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
4033 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
4034 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
4035 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
4036 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
4037 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
4038 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
4039 that is discovered.
4040 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
4041 register, it will report it.
4042 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
4043 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
4044 @end enumerate
4045
4046 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4047 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4048 that's a bit more complex:
4049
4050 @example
4051 clock speed 8 kHz
4052 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4053 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4054 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4055 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4056 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4057 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4058 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4059 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4060 @end example
4061
4062 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4063 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4064 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4065 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4066 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4067 and so forth.
4068
4069 @node CPU Configuration
4070 @chapter CPU Configuration
4071 @cindex GDB target
4072
4073 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4074 You can also access these targets without GDB
4075 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4076 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4077 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4078 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4079
4080 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4081 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4082
4083 @section Target List
4084 @cindex target, current
4085 @cindex target, list
4086
4087 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4088 where each member has a name.
4089 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4090 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4091 (plural!) command.
4092 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4093 look like with more than one:
4094 @verbatim
4095 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4096 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4097 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4098 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4099 @end verbatim
4100
4101 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4102 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4103 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4104 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4105 space seen by that current target.
4106 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4107 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4108 are examples; and there are many more.
4109
4110 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4111
4112 @deffn Command {target count}
4113 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4114 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4115 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4116
4117 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4118 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4119 @example
4120 set c [target count]
4121 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4122 # Assuming you have created this function
4123 print_target_details $x
4124 @}
4125 @end example
4126 @end deffn
4127
4128 @deffn Command {target current}
4129 Returns the name of the current target.
4130 @end deffn
4131
4132 @deffn Command {target names}
4133 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4134 @example
4135 foreach t [target names] @{
4136 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4137 @}
4138 @end example
4139 @end deffn
4140
4141 @deffn Command {target number} number
4142 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4143 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4144
4145 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4146 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4147 @example
4148 set thename [target number $x]
4149 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4150 @end example
4151 @end deffn
4152
4153 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4154 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4155
4156 @deffn Command targets [name]
4157 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4158 command names are singular.}
4159
4160 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4161 targets in a user friendly form.
4162
4163 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4164 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4165 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4166 @end deffn
4167
4168 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4169 @cindex target type
4170 @cindex CPU type
4171 @cindex CPU variant
4172
4173 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4174 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4175 when calling @command{target create}.
4176 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4177 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4178 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4179 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4180 what core-specific commands may be available
4181 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4182 and more.
4183
4184 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4185 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4186 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4187 worked around in some chip versions.
4188
4189 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4190 since there's a command to list them.
4191 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4192 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4193
4194 @anchor{targettypes}
4195 @deffn Command {target types}
4196 Lists all supported target types.
4197 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4198
4199 @itemize @bullet
4200 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4201 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4202 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4203 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4204 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4205 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4206 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4207 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4208 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4209 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4210 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4211 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4212 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4213 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4214 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4215 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4216 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4217 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4218 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4219 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4220 There are several variants defined:
4221 @itemize @minus
4222 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4223 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4224 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4225 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4226 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4227 @end itemize
4228 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4229 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4230 @itemize @minus
4231 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4232 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4233 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4234 @end itemize
4235 And two debug interfaces cores:
4236 @itemize @minus
4237 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4238 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4239 @end itemize
4240 @end itemize
4241 @end deffn
4242
4243 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4244 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4245 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4246 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4247 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4248 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4249 reflect design generations;
4250 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4251 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4252
4253 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4254 @section Target Configuration
4255
4256 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4257 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4258 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4259 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4260 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4261
4262 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4263 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4264 optional parts.
4265 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4266 command, created as part of target creation.
4267
4268 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4269 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4270 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4271 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4272 to be much more board-specific.
4273 The key steps you use might look something like this
4274
4275 @example
4276 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4277 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4278 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4279 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4280 @end example
4281
4282 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4283 on-chip SRAM.
4284 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4285 writes to target memory;
4286 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4287 GDB memory checksumming;
4288 and more.
4289
4290 @quotation Warning
4291 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4292 inaccessible when application code
4293 (such as an operating system)
4294 enables or disables the MMU.
4295 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4296 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4297 easy access to other addresses needed.
4298 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4299 @end quotation
4300
4301 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4302 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4303 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4304 controllers.
4305 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4306 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4307 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4308
4309 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4310 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4311 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4312 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4313 purposes including additional configuration.
4314
4315 @itemize @bullet
4316 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4317 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4318 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4319 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4320
4321 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4322 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4323 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4324 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4325 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4326 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4327 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4328 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4329
4330 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4331 @end itemize
4332 @end deffn
4333
4334 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4335 The options accepted by this command may also be
4336 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4337 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4338 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4339
4340 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4341 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4342 and changing its endianness or variant.
4343
4344 @itemize @bullet
4345
4346 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4347 used to access this target.
4348
4349 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4350 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4351
4352 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4353 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4354 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4355 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4356 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4357 same event name assigns only one handler.
4358
4359 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4360 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4361
4362 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4363 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4364 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4365 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4366 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4367 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4368 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4369
4370 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4371 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4372 or virtual address is being used.
4373
4374 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4375 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4376
4377 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4378 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4379 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4380 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4381 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4382
4383 @anchor{rtostype}
4384 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4385 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4386 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4387 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4388
4389 @end itemize
4390 @end deffn
4391
4392 @section Other $target_name Commands
4393 @cindex object command
4394
4395 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4396 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4397
4398 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4399 Once a button is created a button
4400 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4401 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4402 configure it like this:
4403
4404 @example
4405 # Create
4406 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4407 # Modify
4408 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4409 # Query
4410 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4411 # Report
4412 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4413 @end example
4414
4415 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4416 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4417
4418 @example
4419 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4420 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4421 @end example
4422
4423 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4424
4425 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4426 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4427 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4428 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4429 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4430 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4431 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4432 They are not otherwise documented here.
4433 @end deffn
4434
4435 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4436 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4437 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4438 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4439 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4440 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4441 the target side uses raw memory.
4442
4443 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4444 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4445 The script orientation comes from working with data
4446 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4447 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4448 and neither store nor return those values.
4449
4450 @itemize
4451 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4452 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4453 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4454 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4455 @end itemize
4456 @end deffn
4457
4458 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4459 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4460 @command{$target_name configure}
4461 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4462 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4463 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4464 There are a few special cases:
4465
4466 @itemize @bullet
4467 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4468 event named @var{event_name}.
4469 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4470 two parameters.
4471 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4472 This is a special case because this is set using
4473 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4474 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4475 @end itemize
4476
4477 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4478 all the targets you might use something like this:
4479
4480 @example
4481 foreach name [target names] @{
4482 set y [$name cget -endian]
4483 set z [$name cget -type]
4484 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4485 $x $name $y $z]
4486 @}
4487 @end example
4488 @end deffn
4489
4490 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4491 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4492 Displays the current target state:
4493 @code{debug-running},
4494 @code{halted},
4495 @code{reset},
4496 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4497 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4498 @end deffn
4499
4500 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4501 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4502 currently associated with this target.
4503 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4504 @end deffn
4505
4506 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4507 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4508 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4509 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4510 @end deffn
4511
4512 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4513 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4514 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4515 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4516 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4517 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4518 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4519 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4520 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4521 @end deffn
4522
4523 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4524 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4525 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4526 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4527 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4528 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4529 @end deffn
4530
4531 @anchor{targetevents}
4532 @section Target Events
4533 @cindex target events
4534 @cindex events
4535 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4536 For example:
4537 @itemize @bullet
4538 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4539 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4540 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4541 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4542 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4543 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4544 to set up system clocks or
4545 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4546 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4547 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4548 @end itemize
4549
4550 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4551 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4552 @command{target create ... -event}.
4553
4554 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4555 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4556 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4557
4558 @example
4559 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4560 echo "Reset..."
4561 reset halt
4562 @}
4563 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4564 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4565 echo "Reset..."
4566 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4567 reset init
4568 @}
4569 @end example
4570
4571 The following target events are defined:
4572
4573 @itemize @bullet
4574 @item @b{debug-halted}
4575 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4576 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4577 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4578 @item @b{early-halted}
4579 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4580 @item @b{examine-start}
4581 @* Before target examine is called.
4582 @item @b{examine-end}
4583 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4584 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4585 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4586 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4587 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4588 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4589 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4590 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4591 @* When GDB disconnects
4592 @item @b{gdb-end}
4593 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4594 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4595 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash (default is
4596 @code{reset init})
4597 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4598 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4599 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4600 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4601 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4602 @* After GDB writes to the flash (default is @code{reset halt})
4603 @item @b{gdb-start}
4604 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4605 @item @b{halted}
4606 @* The target has halted
4607 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4608 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4609 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4610 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4611 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4612 @item @b{reset-assert}
4613 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4614 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4615 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4616 it instead of asserting SRST.
4617 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4618 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4619 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4620 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4621 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4622 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4623 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4624 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4625 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4626 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4627 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4628 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4629 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4630 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4631 released on the scan chain.
4632 @item @b{reset-end}
4633 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4634 @ignore
4635 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4636 @* Currently not used
4637 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4638 @* Currently not used
4639 @end ignore
4640 @item @b{reset-init}
4641 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4642 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4643
4644 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4645 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4646 multiplexing, and so on.
4647 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4648 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4649 @item @b{reset-start}
4650 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4651 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4652
4653 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4654 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4655 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4656 @ignore
4657 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4658 @* Currently not used
4659 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4660 @* Currently not used
4661 @end ignore
4662 @item @b{resume-start}
4663 @* Before any target is resumed
4664 @item @b{resume-end}
4665 @* After all targets have resumed
4666 @item @b{resumed}
4667 @* Target has resumed
4668 @end itemize
4669
4670 @node Flash Commands
4671 @chapter Flash Commands
4672
4673 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4674 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4675 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4676 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4677 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4678 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4679 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4680 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4681 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4682
4683 Flash Steps:
4684 @enumerate
4685 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4686 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4687 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4688 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4689 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4690 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4691 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4692 @item GDB Flashing
4693 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4694 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4695 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4696 @end enumerate
4697
4698 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4699 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4700 so that it can't boot.
4701 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4702 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4703
4704 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4705 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4706 @cindex flash configuration
4707
4708 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4709 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4710 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4711 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4712 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4713 see the driver-specific documentation.
4714
4715 @itemize @bullet
4716 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4717 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4718 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4719 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4720 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4721 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4722 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4723 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4724 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4725 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4726 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4727 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4728 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4729 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4730 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4731 commands to the flash controller.
4732 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4733 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4734 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4735 for more information.
4736 @end itemize
4737 @quotation Note
4738 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4739 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4740 @end quotation
4741 @end deffn
4742
4743 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4744 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4745 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4746 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4747 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4748 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4749 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4750 @end deffn
4751
4752 @deffn Command {flash list}
4753 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4754 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4755 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4756 @end deffn
4757
4758 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4759 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4760 depends on the flash type.
4761 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4762 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4763 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4764 but most don't bother.
4765 @end deffn
4766
4767 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4768 @cindex flash erasing
4769 @cindex flash reading
4770 @cindex flash writing
4771 @cindex flash programming
4772 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4773
4774 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4775 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4776 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4777 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4778 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4779
4780 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4781 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4782 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4783 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4784 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4785
4786 @quotation Note
4787 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4788 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4789 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4790 back to a flash bank.
4791 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4792 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4793 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4794 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4795 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4796 @end quotation
4797
4798 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4799 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4800 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4801 disabled first.
4802 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4803 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4804 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4805
4806 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4807 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4808 up to and including @var{last}.
4809 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4810 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4811 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4812 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4813 @end deffn
4814
4815 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4816 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4817 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4818 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4819 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4820 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4821 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4822 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4823 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4824 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4825 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4826 before erase starts.
4827 @end deffn
4828
4829 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4830 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4831 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4832 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4833 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4834 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4835 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4836 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4837 before issuing this command.
4838 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4839 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4840 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4841 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4842 @end deffn
4843 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4844
4845 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4846 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4847 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4848 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4849 @end deffn
4850
4851 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4852 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4853 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4854 to the base address for each section in the image.
4855 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4856 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4857 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4858 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4859 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4860 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4861 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4862 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4863 each image section.
4864
4865 @quotation Warning
4866 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4867 data you want to preserve.
4868 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4869 sections might be erased with no notice.
4870 @itemize
4871 @item
4872 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4873 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4874 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4875 @item
4876 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4877 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4878 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4879 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4880 @end itemize
4881 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4882 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4883 @end quotation
4884
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @section Other Flash commands
4888 @cindex flash protection
4889
4890 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4891 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4892 and display that status.
4893 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4894 @end deffn
4895
4896 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4897 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4898 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4899 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4900 and possibly stale information.
4901 @end deffn
4902
4903 @anchor{flashprotect}
4904 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4905 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4906 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4907 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4908 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4909 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4910 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4911 @end deffn
4912
4913 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4914 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4915 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4916 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4917 @end deffn
4918
4919 @anchor{program}
4920 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4921 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4922 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4923 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4924 @end deffn
4925
4926 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4927 @section Flash Driver List
4928 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4929 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4930 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4931
4932 @subsection External Flash
4933
4934 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4935 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4936 @cindex CFI
4937 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4938 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4939 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4940 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4941 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4942 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4943 configure a bus and its timings), or
4944 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4945 on the flash chip.
4946 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4947 speed up operation.
4948
4949 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4950
4951 @itemize
4952 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4953 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4954 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4955 @end itemize
4956
4957 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4958 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4959
4960 @example
4961 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4962 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4963 @end example
4964
4965 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4966 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4967 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4968
4969 @example
4970 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4971 @end example
4972
4973 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4974 @end deffn
4975
4976 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4977 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4978 @cindex SPIFI
4979 @cindex lpcspifi
4980 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4981 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4982 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4983
4984 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4985 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4986 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4987 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4988 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4989
4990 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4991 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4992 are configured by the driver.
4993
4994 @example
4995 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4996 @end example
4997
4998 @end deffn
4999
5000 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
5001 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
5002 @cindex SMI
5003 @cindex stmsmi
5004 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
5005 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
5006 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
5007 SPI flash devices.
5008 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
5009 flash devices can be connected.
5010
5011 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
5012 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
5013 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
5014 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
5015 the flash content.
5016
5017 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
5018 to identify the memory bank.
5019 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
5020 flash size, are detected automatically.
5021
5022 @example
5023 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5024 @end example
5025
5026 @end deffn
5027
5028 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
5029
5030 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
5031 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
5032 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5033 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
5034 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
5035 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
5036
5037 @example
5038 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5039 @end example
5040 @end deffn
5041
5042 @anchor{at91sam3}
5043 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
5044 @cindex at91sam3
5045 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
5046 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
5047 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5048 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5049 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5050 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5051 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5052 chips are confirmed.}
5053
5054 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5055 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5056 the following fixed locations:
5057
5058 @example
5059 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5060 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5061 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5062 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5063 @end example
5064
5065 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5066 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5067 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5068
5069 @itemize
5070 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5071 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5072 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5073 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5074 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5075 @end itemize
5076
5077 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5078
5079 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5080 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5081 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5082 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5083 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5084 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5085 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5086
5087 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5088 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5089 @end deffn
5090
5091 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5092 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5093 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5094 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5095 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5096 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5097 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5098 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5099 @end deffn
5100
5101 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5102 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5103 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5104 @end deffn
5105 @end deffn
5106
5107 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5108 @cindex at91sam4
5109 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5110 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5111 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5112 @end deffn
5113
5114 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5115 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5116 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5117 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5118 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5119
5120 @example
5121 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5122 @end example
5123
5124 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5125 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5126
5127 @itemize
5128 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5129 @item @var{banks}
5130 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5131 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5132 @item @var{pages_size}
5133 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5134 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5135 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5136 @end itemize
5137
5138 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5139 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5140 will be autoconfigured.
5141 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5142
5143 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5144 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5145 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5146 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5147 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5148
5149 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5150 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5151 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5152 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5153 are not truly general purpose).
5154 @quotation Note
5155 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5156 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5157 @end quotation
5158 @end deffn
5159 @end deffn
5160
5161 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5162 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5163 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5164 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5165 @end deffn
5166
5167 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5168 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5169 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5170 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5171 autoconfigures itself.
5172 @example
5173 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5174 @end example
5175 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5176 supported.}
5177 @end deffn
5178
5179 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5180 All members of the LPC11(x)00 and LPC1300 microcontroller families and most members
5181 of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller families from NXP
5182 include internal flash and use Cortex-M0 (LPC11(x)00), Cortex-M3 (LPC1300, LPC1700,
5183 LPC1800), Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5184
5185 @quotation Note
5186 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5187 driver:
5188 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5189 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5190 @end quotation
5191
5192 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5193 which must appear in the following order:
5194
5195 @itemize
5196 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5197 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5198 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5199 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5200 @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5201 LPC43x[2357])
5202 @option{lpc1100} (LPC11(x)xx and LPC13xx)
5203 or @option{auto} - automatically detects flash variant and size for LPC11(x)00,
5204 LPC1300 and LPC1700
5205 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5206 at which the core is running
5207 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5208 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5209 @quotation Note
5210 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5211 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5212 However, if you do provide it,
5213 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5214 @end quotation
5215 @end itemize
5216
5217 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5218
5219 @example
5220 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5221 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5222 @end example
5223
5224 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5225 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5226 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5227 @end deffn
5228 @end deffn
5229
5230 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5231 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5232 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5233 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5234 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5235 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5236
5237 @example
5238 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5239 @end example
5240 @end deffn
5241
5242 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5243 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5244 from NXP.
5245
5246 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5247 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5248 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5249 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5250 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5251 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5252 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5253 you start the PLL.
5254
5255 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5256
5257 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5258 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5259 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5260
5261 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5262 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5263 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5264 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5265 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5266 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5267 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5268
5269 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5270 @example
5271 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5272 @end example
5273
5274 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5275 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5276 @code{flash banks} command.
5277
5278 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5279 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5280 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5281 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5282 a known signature.
5283 Example:
5284 @example
5285 lpc2900 signature 0
5286 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5287 @end example
5288 @end deffn
5289
5290 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5291 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5292 saves it to a file in binary format.
5293 Example:
5294 @example
5295 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5296 @end example
5297 @end deffn
5298
5299 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5300 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5301 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5302 command:
5303
5304 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5305 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5306 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5307 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5308
5309 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5310 Example:
5311 @example
5312 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5313 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5314 @end example
5315 @end deffn
5316
5317 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5318 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5319 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5320 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5321 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5322 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5323 912 bytes.
5324 @quotation Attention
5325 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5326 @end quotation
5327 Example:
5328 @example
5329 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5330 @end example
5331 @end deffn
5332
5333 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5334 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5335 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5336 after the next power cycle.
5337 @quotation Attention
5338 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5339 @end quotation
5340 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5341 Example:
5342 @example
5343 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5344 flash info 0
5345 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5346 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5347 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5348 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5349 @end example
5350 @end deffn
5351
5352 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5353 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5354 effective after the next power cycle.
5355 @quotation Attention
5356 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5357 @end quotation
5358 Examples:
5359 @example
5360 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5361 @end example
5362 @end deffn
5363 @end deffn
5364
5365 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5366 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5367
5368 @example
5369 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5370 @end example
5371 @end deffn
5372
5373 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5374 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5375 and integrate flash memory.
5376
5377 @example
5378 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5379 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5380 @end example
5381
5382 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5383 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5384 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5385 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5386 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5387 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5388 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5389 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5390 @end deffn
5391 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5392 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5393 This will remove any Code Protection.
5394 @end deffn
5395 @end deffn
5396
5397 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5398 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5399 Texas Instruments
5400 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5401 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5402 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5403 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5404 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5405 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5406
5407 @example
5408 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5409 @end example
5410
5411 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5412 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5413 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5414 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5415 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5416 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5417
5418 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5419 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5420 @quotation Warning
5421 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5422 applied to all of them.
5423 @end quotation
5424 @end deffn
5425 @end deffn
5426
5427 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5428 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5429 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5430 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5431 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5432
5433 @example
5434 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5435 @end example
5436
5437 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5438 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5439 the flash driver.
5440
5441 @example
5442 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5443 @end example
5444
5445 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5446 as per the following example.
5447 @example
5448 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5449 @end example
5450
5451 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5452 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5453 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5454 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5455 are defined:
5456
5457 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5458 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5459 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5460 @end deffn
5461
5462 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5463 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5464 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5465 @end deffn
5466
5467 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5468 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5469 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5470 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5471 @end deffn
5472
5473 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5474 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5475 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5476 @end deffn
5477 @end deffn
5478
5479 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5480 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5481 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5482 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5483 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5484
5485 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5486 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5487 the flash driver.
5488
5489 @example
5490 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5491 @end example
5492
5493 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5494
5495 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5496 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5497 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5498 @end deffn
5499
5500 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5501 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5502 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5503 @end deffn
5504 @end deffn
5505
5506 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5507 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5508 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5509 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5510 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5511
5512 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5513 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5514 the flash driver.
5515
5516 @example
5517 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5518 @end example
5519 @end deffn
5520
5521 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5522 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5523 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5524 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5525 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5526
5527 @example
5528 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5529 @end example
5530
5531 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5532 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5533 for the specified flash bank.
5534 @end deffn
5535 @end deffn
5536
5537 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5538 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5539 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5540 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5541 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5542
5543 @example
5544 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5545 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5546 @end example
5547
5548 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5549 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5550 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5551
5552 @itemize @bullet
5553 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5554 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5555 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5556 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5557 @end itemize
5558 @end deffn
5559
5560 @end deffn
5561
5562 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5563 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5564 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5565 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5566
5567 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5568
5569 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5570 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5571 @end deffn
5572
5573 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5574 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5578 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5579 the flash clock.
5580 @end deffn
5581 @end deffn
5582
5583 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5584 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5585 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5586
5587 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5588
5589 @itemize
5590 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5591 @end itemize
5592
5593 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5594 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5595 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5596 @example
5597 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5598 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5599 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5600 @end example
5601 @end deffn
5602
5603 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5604 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5605 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5606 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5607 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5608 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5609 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5610
5611 @example
5612 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5613 @end example
5614 @end deffn
5615
5616 @subsection str9xpec driver
5617 @cindex str9xpec
5618
5619 Here is some background info to help
5620 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5621 the str9:
5622 @enumerate
5623 @item
5624 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5625 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5626 @item
5627 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5628 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5629 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5630 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5631 @end enumerate
5632
5633 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5634 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5635 configured for flash bank 0.
5636 @example
5637 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5638 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5639 jtag_reset 0 1
5640 # turn off target polling
5641 poll off
5642 # disable str9 core
5643 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5644 # read option bytes
5645 str9xpec options_read 0
5646 # re-enable str9 core
5647 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5648 poll on
5649 reset halt
5650 @end example
5651 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5652 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5653 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5654 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5655
5656 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5657 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5658 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5659 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5660 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5661
5662 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5663
5664 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5665 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5666 @end deffn
5667
5668 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5669 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5670 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5671 @end deffn
5672
5673 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5674 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5675 erase the device.
5676 @end deffn
5677
5678 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5679 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5680 @end deffn
5681
5682 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5683 Configure str9 boot bank.
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5687 Configure str9 lvd source.
5688 @end deffn
5689
5690 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5691 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5692 @end deffn
5693
5694 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5695 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5696 @end deffn
5697
5698 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5699 Read str9 option bytes.
5700 @end deffn
5701
5702 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5703 Write str9 option bytes.
5704 @end deffn
5705
5706 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5707 unlock str9 device.
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @end deffn
5711
5712 @deffn {Flash Driver} nrf51
5713 All members of the nRF51 microcontroller families from Nordic Semiconductor
5714 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0 core.
5715
5716 @example
5717 flash bank $_FLASHNAME nrf51 0 0x00000000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5718 @end example
5719
5720 Some nrf51-specific commands are defined:
5721
5722 @deffn Command {nrf51 mass_erase}
5723 Erases the contents of the code memory and user information
5724 configuration registers as well. It must be noted that this command
5725 works only for chips that do not have factory pre-programmed region 0
5726 code.
5727 @end deffn
5728 @end deffn
5729
5730 @section mFlash
5731
5732 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5733 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5734
5735 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5736 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5737 address @var{base}.
5738 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5739 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5740
5741 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5742
5743 @example
5744 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5745 @end example
5746
5747 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5748
5749 @example
5750 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5751 @end example
5752 @end deffn
5753
5754 @subsection mFlash commands
5755 @cindex mFlash commands
5756
5757 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5758 Configure mflash PLL.
5759 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5760 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5761 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5762 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5763 @end deffn
5764
5765 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5766 Configure bootable option.
5767 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5768 (4kB) for boot.
5769 @end deffn
5770
5771 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5772 Configure storage information.
5773 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5774 written.
5775 @end deffn
5776
5777 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5778 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5779 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5780 @end deffn
5781
5782 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5783 Probe mflash.
5784 @end deffn
5785
5786 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5787 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5788 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5789 @end deffn
5790
5791 @node Flash Programming
5792 @chapter Flash Programming
5793
5794 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5795 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5796 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5797
5798 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5799 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5800
5801 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5802 @enumerate
5803 @item 'init' is executed.
5804 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5805 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5806 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5807 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5808 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5809 @end enumerate
5810
5811 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5812
5813 @example
5814 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5815 # are optional parameters
5816 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5817 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5818
5819 # binary files need the flash address passing
5820 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5821 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5822 @end example
5823
5824 @node NAND Flash Commands
5825 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5826 @cindex NAND
5827
5828 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5829 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5830 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5831
5832 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5833 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5834 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5835 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5836 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5837 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5838
5839 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5840 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5841 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5842 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5843 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5844 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5845 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5846 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5847 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5848 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5849
5850 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5851 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5852 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5853 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5854 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5855 every 512 bytes of data.
5856
5857 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5858 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5859 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5860 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5861 ECC mode is used.
5862
5863 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5864 @enumerate
5865 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5866 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5867 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5868 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5869 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5870 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5871 to access that device.
5872 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5873 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5874 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5875 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5876 de-brick a board.
5877 @end enumerate
5878
5879 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5880 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5881 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5882 are only 32 bits wide.
5883 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5884 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5885 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5886 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5887
5888 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5889 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5890 @cindex NAND configuration
5891
5892 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5893 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5894 OpenOCD has initialized.
5895
5896 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5897 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5898 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5899 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5900 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5901 they were a single (larger) device.
5902 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5903 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5904
5905 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5906 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5907 configuration files, not interactively.
5908
5909 @itemize @bullet
5910 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5911 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5912 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5913 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5914 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5915 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5916 commands to the NAND controller.
5917 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5918 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5919 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5920 for more information.
5921 @end itemize
5922 @end deffn
5923
5924 @deffn Command {nand list}
5925 Prints a summary of each device declared
5926 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5927 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5928 @example
5929 > nand list
5930 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5931 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5932 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5933 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5934 >
5935 @end example
5936 @end deffn
5937
5938 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5939 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5940 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5941 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5942 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5943 it with most other NAND commands.
5944 @end deffn
5945
5946 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5947
5948 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5949 @cindex NAND reading
5950 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5951 starting at the specified offset.
5952 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5953
5954 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5955 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5956
5957 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5958 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5959 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5960
5961 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5962 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5963 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5964 method which handled that error correction.
5965
5966 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5967 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5968 @itemize @bullet
5969 @item no oob_* parameter
5970 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5971 @item @code{oob_raw}
5972 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5973 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5974 spare areas associated with each data page.
5975 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5976 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5977 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5978 @item @code{oob_only}
5979 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5980 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5981 spare areas associated with each data page.
5982 @end itemize
5983 @end deffn
5984
5985 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5986 @cindex NAND erasing
5987 @cindex NAND programming
5988 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5989 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5990 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5991 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5992 If those parameters are not specified,
5993 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5994 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5995
5996 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5997 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5998 block marker.
5999 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
6000 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
6001 @end deffn
6002
6003 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
6004 @cindex NAND writing
6005 @cindex NAND programming
6006 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
6007 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
6008 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
6009 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6010
6011 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6012 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6013
6014 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6015 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
6016 past the end of the device.
6017 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
6018 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
6019 if that's being written.)
6020
6021 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
6022 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
6023 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
6024
6025 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
6026 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
6027 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
6028 @itemize @bullet
6029 @item no oob_* parameter
6030 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6031 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
6032 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6033 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
6034 with hardware-computed ECC data.
6035 @item @code{oob_only}
6036 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
6037 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
6038 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
6039 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
6040 @item @code{oob_raw}
6041 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
6042 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
6043 un-altered OOB.
6044 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6045 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
6046 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
6047 @item @code{oob_softecc}
6048 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6049 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
6050 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
6051 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6052 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6053 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
6054 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6055 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
6056 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
6057 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6058 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6059 @end itemize
6060 @end deffn
6061
6062 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
6063 @cindex NAND verification
6064 @cindex NAND programming
6065 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
6066 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
6067 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6068
6069 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6070 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6071
6072 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6073 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6074 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6075 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6076 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6077
6078 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6079 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6080 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6081
6082 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6083 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6084 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6085 be removed in a future release.
6086 @end deffn
6087
6088 @section Other NAND commands
6089 @cindex NAND other commands
6090
6091 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6092 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6093 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6094 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6095 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6096 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6097 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6098 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6099
6100 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6101 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6102 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6103 @end deffn
6104
6105 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6106 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6107 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6108 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6109 status for each block.
6110 @end deffn
6111
6112 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6113 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6114 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6115
6116 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6117 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6118 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6119 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6120 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6121
6122 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6123 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6124 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6125 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6126 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6127 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6128 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6129 @end deffn
6130
6131 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6132 @section NAND Driver List
6133 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6134 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6135 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6136
6137 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6138 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6139 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6140 address of the ECC controller.
6141 @example
6142 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6143 @end example
6144 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6145 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6146 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6147 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6148 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6149 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6150 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6151 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6152 @end deffn
6153 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6154 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6155 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6156 @end deffn
6157
6158 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6159 properly configured for input or output.
6160 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6161 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6162 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6163 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6164 @end deffn
6165 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6166 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6167 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6168 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6169 @end deffn
6170 @end deffn
6171
6172 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6173 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6174 chips from Texas Instruments.
6175 It takes three extra parameters:
6176 address of the NAND chip;
6177 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6178 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6179 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6180 @example
6181 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6182 @end example
6183 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6184 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6185 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6186 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6187 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6188 @end deffn
6189
6190 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6191 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6192 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6193 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6194 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6195 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6196 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6197 @end deffn
6198
6199 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6200 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6201 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6202 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6203 @end deffn
6204 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6205
6206 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6207 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6208 should work for this chip aswell.
6209 @end deffn
6210
6211 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6212 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6213 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6214 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6215 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6216 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6217 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6218 @example
6219 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6220 @end example
6221 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6222 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6223 without parameter query status.
6224 @end deffn
6225 @end deffn
6226
6227 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6228 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6229 parameter: the address of the controller.
6230 @example
6231 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6232 @end example
6233 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6234 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6235 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6236 change any behavior.
6237 @end deffn
6238
6239 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6240 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6241 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6242 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6243 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6244 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6245 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6246 specialized commands.
6247 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6248 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6249 change any behavior.
6250 @end deffn
6251
6252 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6253 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6254 @cindex PLD
6255 @cindex FPGA
6256
6257 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6258 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6259 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6260 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6261 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6262 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6263 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6264
6265 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6266
6267 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6268 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6269 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6270
6271 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6272 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6273
6274 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6275 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6276 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6277 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6278 behavior.
6279 @end deffn
6280
6281 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6282 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6286 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6287 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6288 @end deffn
6289
6290 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6291
6292 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6293 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6294 that particular type of PLD.
6295
6296 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6297 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6298 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6299 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6300 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6301
6302 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6303 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6304 for FPGA @var{num}.
6305 @end deffn
6306 @end deffn
6307
6308 @node General Commands
6309 @chapter General Commands
6310 @cindex commands
6311
6312 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6313 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6314 commands are documented elsewhere.
6315
6316 Intent:
6317 @itemize @bullet
6318 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6319 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6320 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6321 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6322
6323 @item @b{From the human}
6324 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6325 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6326
6327 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6328 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6329 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6330
6331 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6332 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6333 port is 5555.
6334 @end itemize
6335
6336
6337 @section Daemon Commands
6338
6339 @deffn {Command} exit
6340 Exits the current telnet session.
6341 @end deffn
6342
6343 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6344 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6345 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6346 Not every command provides helptext.
6347
6348 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6349 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6350 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6351 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6352 @end deffn
6353
6354 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6355 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6356 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6357 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6358 Useful in connection with script files
6359 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6360 @end deffn
6361
6362 @deffn Command shutdown
6363 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6364 @end deffn
6365
6366 @anchor{debuglevel}
6367 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6368 @cindex message level
6369 Display debug level.
6370 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6371 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6372 Level 0 is error messages only;
6373 level 1 adds warnings;
6374 level 2 adds informational messages;
6375 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6376 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6377 the command line along with the location of that log
6378 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6379 @xref{Running}.
6380 @end deffn
6381
6382 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6383 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6384 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6385 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6386 @example
6387 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6388 @end example
6389 @end deffn
6390
6391 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6392 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6393 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6394 @end deffn
6395
6396 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6397 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6398 @end deffn
6399
6400 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6401 @section Target State handling
6402 @cindex reset
6403 @cindex halt
6404 @cindex target initialization
6405
6406 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6407 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6408 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6409 a current target which is used to perform the
6410 various operations. The current target may be changed
6411 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6412 target which should become current.
6413
6414 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [(value|'force')]]
6415 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6416 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6417 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6418 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6419
6420 @emph{With no arguments}:
6421 list all available registers for the current target,
6422 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6423 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6424 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6425 are flagged as such.
6426
6427 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6428 Use @var{force} argument to read directly from the target,
6429 bypassing any internal cache.
6430
6431 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6432 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6433 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6434 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6435 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6436 relevant module will flush such values.
6437
6438 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6439 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6440
6441 @example
6442 > reg
6443 ===== ARM registers
6444 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6445 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6446 (2) r2 (/32)
6447 ...
6448 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6449 >
6450 @end example
6451 @end deffn
6452
6453 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6454 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6455 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6456 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6457 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6458 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6459 (and enter debug mode).
6460 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6461
6462 @quotation Warning
6463 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6464 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6465 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6466 power mode by gating the core clock;
6467 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6468
6469 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6470 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6471 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6472 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6473 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6474 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6475
6476 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6477 work with a JTAG debugger.
6478 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6479 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6480 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6481 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6482 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6483 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6484 @end quotation
6485
6486 @end deffn
6487
6488 @deffn Command resume [address]
6489 Resume the target at its current code position,
6490 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6491 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6492 @end deffn
6493
6494 @deffn Command step [address]
6495 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6496 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6497 @end deffn
6498
6499 @anchor{resetcommand}
6500 @deffn Command reset
6501 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6502 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6503 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6504 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6505 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6506 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6507
6508 The optional parameter specifies what should
6509 happen after the reset.
6510 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6511 The other options will not work on all systems.
6512 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6513
6514 @itemize @minus
6515 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6516 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6517 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6518 @end itemize
6519 @end deffn
6520
6521 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6522 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6523 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6524 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6525 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6526 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6527 state.
6528 @end deffn
6529
6530 @section I/O Utilities
6531
6532 These commands are available when
6533 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6534 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6535 notably the ZY1000.
6536 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6537
6538 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6539
6540 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6541 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6542 the text file @file{filename}.
6543 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6544 The last string is followed by a newline.
6545 @end deffn
6546
6547 @deffn Command cat filename
6548 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6549 @end deffn
6550
6551 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6552 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6553 into @file{dest_filename}.
6554 @end deffn
6555
6556 @deffn Command ip
6557 @emph{No description provided.}
6558 @end deffn
6559
6560 @deffn Command ls
6561 @emph{No description provided.}
6562 @end deffn
6563
6564 @deffn Command mac
6565 @emph{No description provided.}
6566 @end deffn
6567
6568 @deffn Command meminfo
6569 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6570 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6571 @end deffn
6572
6573 @deffn Command peek
6574 @emph{No description provided.}
6575 @end deffn
6576
6577 @deffn Command poke
6578 @emph{No description provided.}
6579 @end deffn
6580
6581 @deffn Command rm filename
6582 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6583 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6584 @end deffn
6585
6586 @deffn Command trunc filename
6587 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6588 @end deffn
6589
6590 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6591 @section Memory access commands
6592 @cindex memory access
6593
6594 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6595 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6596 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6597 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6598
6599 @enumerate
6600 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6601 to change the current target.
6602 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6603 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6604 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6605 @end enumerate
6606
6607 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6608 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6609 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6610 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6611 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6612 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6613 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6614 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6615 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6616 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6617 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6618 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6619 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6620 @end deffn
6621
6622 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6623 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6624 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6625 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6626 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6627 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6628 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6629 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6630 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6631 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6632 @end deffn
6633
6634 @anchor{imageaccess}
6635 @section Image loading commands
6636 @cindex image loading
6637 @cindex image dumping
6638
6639 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6640 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6641 binary file named @var{filename}.
6642 @end deffn
6643
6644 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6645 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6646 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6647 @end deffn
6648
6649 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6650 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6651 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6652 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6653 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6654 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6655 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6656 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6657 separately.
6658 @end deffn
6659
6660 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6661 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6662 The file format may optionally be specified
6663 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6664 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6665 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6666 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6667 @example
6668 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6669 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6670 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6671 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6672 @}
6673 @end example
6674 @end deffn
6675
6676 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6677 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6678 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6679 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6680 The file format may optionally be specified
6681 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6682 @end deffn
6683
6684 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6685 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6686 The file format may optionally be specified
6687 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6688 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6689 @end deffn
6690
6691
6692 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6693 @cindex breakpoint
6694 @cindex watchpoint
6695
6696 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6697 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6698 watchpoints.
6699 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6700
6701 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6702 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6703 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6704 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6705 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6706 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6707
6708 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6709 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6710 @end deffn
6711
6712 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6713 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6714 @end deffn
6715
6716 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6717 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6718 @end deffn
6719
6720 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6721 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6722 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6723 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6724 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6725 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6726 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6727 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6728 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6729 @end deffn
6730
6731 @section Misc Commands
6732
6733 @cindex profiling
6734 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename [start end]
6735 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6736 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6737 Saves up to 10000 samples in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out''
6738 format. Optional @option{start} and @option{end} parameters allow to
6739 limit the address range.
6740 @end deffn
6741
6742 @deffn Command {version}
6743 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6744 @end deffn
6745
6746 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6747 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6748 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6749 @end deffn
6750
6751 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6752 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6753 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6754 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6755
6756 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6757 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6758 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6759 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6760
6761 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6762 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6763 @cindex tracing
6764 @cindex ETM
6765 @cindex ETB
6766
6767 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6768 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6769 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6770
6771 @itemize
6772 @item
6773 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6774 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6775 supports such an interface.
6776 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6777 and trace port support.)
6778 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6779 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6780 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6781 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6782 in the board-specific configuration file.
6783 @item
6784 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6785 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6786 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6787 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6788 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6789 @end itemize
6790
6791 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6792
6793 @quotation Issues
6794 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6795 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6796
6797 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6798 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6799 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6800 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6801 dummy trace port driver}.
6802
6803 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6804 as well as tracing only during specific states
6805 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6806
6807 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6808 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6809 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6810 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6811 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6812
6813 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6814 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6815 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6816 this original style of JTAG access.
6817 @end quotation
6818
6819 @subsection ETM Configuration
6820 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6821
6822 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6823 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6824 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6825
6826 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6827 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6828 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6829 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6830 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6831 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6832 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6833 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6834 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6835
6836 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6837 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6838 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6839
6840 @quotation Warning
6841 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6842 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6843 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6844 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6845 @end quotation
6846
6847 @quotation Note
6848 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6849 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6850 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6851 what CPU activities are traced.
6852 @end quotation
6853 @end deffn
6854
6855 @deffn Command {etm info}
6856 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6857 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6858 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6859 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6860 @end deffn
6861
6862 @deffn Command {etm status}
6863 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6864 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6865 Did trace data overflow?
6866 Was it triggered?
6867 @end deffn
6868
6869 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6870 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6871 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6872 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6873 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6874
6875 @itemize
6876 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6877 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6878 The value is one of
6879 @option{none} (save nothing),
6880 @option{data} (save data),
6881 @option{address} (save addresses),
6882 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6883 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6884 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6885 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6886 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6887 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6888 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6889 trace stream without an image of the code.
6890 @end itemize
6891 @end deffn
6892
6893 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6894 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6895 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6896 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6897 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6898
6899 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6900 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6901 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6902 @end deffn
6903
6904 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6905
6906 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6907 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6908 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6909
6910 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6911 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6912 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6913 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6914 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6915 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6916 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6917
6918 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6919
6920 @itemize
6921 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6922 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6923 for instruction access within that function's body.
6924 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6925 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6926 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6927 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6928 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6929 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6930 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6931 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6932 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6933 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6934 @item @emph{... more}
6935 @end itemize
6936
6937 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6938 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6939
6940 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6941 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6942 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6943 @end deffn
6944
6945 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6946 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6947 @end deffn
6948
6949 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6950 Opens an image file.
6951 @end deffn
6952
6953 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6954 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6955 @end deffn
6956
6957 @deffn Command {etm start}
6958 Starts trace data collection.
6959 @end deffn
6960
6961 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6962 Stops trace data collection.
6963 @end deffn
6964
6965 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6966 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6967
6968 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6969
6970 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6971 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6972 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6973 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6974 any trace data collection.}
6975 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6976 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6977 @end deffn
6978 @end deffn
6979
6980 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6981 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6982 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6983 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6984 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6985 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6986 @end deffn
6987 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6988 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6989 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6990 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6991 trace trigger becomes active.
6992
6993 @itemize
6994 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6995 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6996 afterwards.
6997 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6998 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6999 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
7000 what caused that event to happen.
7001 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
7002 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
7003 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
7004 how the event caused trouble.
7005 @end itemize
7006 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
7007 @end deffn
7008
7009 @end deffn
7010
7011 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
7012 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
7013 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
7014 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
7015 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
7016
7017 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
7018 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
7019
7020 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
7021 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
7022 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
7023 @end deffn
7024
7025 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
7026 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
7027 @end deffn
7028
7029 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
7030 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
7031 @end deffn
7032 @end deffn
7033
7034
7035 @section Generic ARM
7036 @cindex ARM
7037
7038 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
7039 They are available in addition to other core-specific
7040 commands that may be available.
7041
7042 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
7043 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
7044 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
7045 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
7046 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7047 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
7048 @end deffn
7049
7050 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
7051 @cindex disassemble
7052 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
7053 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
7054 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
7055 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
7056 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
7057 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7058 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
7059
7060 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
7061 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
7062 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
7063 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
7064 with a handful of exceptions.
7065 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
7066 @end deffn
7067
7068 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
7069 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
7070 passing parameters @var{CRn},
7071 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7072 and using the MCR instruction.
7073 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7074 an ARM register.)
7075 @end deffn
7076
7077 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7078 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7079 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7080 and the MRC instruction.
7081 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7082 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7083 an ARM register.)
7084 @end deffn
7085
7086 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7087 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7088 core mode if necessary.
7089 @end deffn
7090
7091 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7092 @cindex ARM semihosting
7093 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7094
7095 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7096 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7097 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7098 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7099 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7100 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7101 @end deffn
7102
7103 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7104 @cindex ARMv4
7105 @cindex ARMv5
7106
7107 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7108 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7109 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7110 variant.
7111
7112 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7113 @cindex ARM7
7114 @cindex ARM9
7115
7116 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7117 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7118 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7119 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7120
7121 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7122 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7123 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7124 instead of breakpoints.
7125 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7126
7127 This should be
7128 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7129 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7130 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7131 @end deffn
7132
7133 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7134 @cindex DCC
7135 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7136 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7137 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7138
7139 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7140 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7141 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7142 @end deffn
7143
7144 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7145 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7146 that don't check completion of the operation.
7147 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7148
7149 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7150 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7151 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7152 @end deffn
7153
7154 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7155 @cindex ARM720T
7156
7157 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7158 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7159 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7160 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7161
7162 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7163 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7164 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7165
7166 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7167 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7168 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7169 @end deffn
7170
7171 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7172 @cindex ARM9
7173
7174 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7175 integer processors.
7176 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7177
7178 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7179 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7180 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7181 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7182
7183 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7184 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7185 @cindex vector_catch
7186 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7187 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7188 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7189 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7190 to those hardware vectors.
7191
7192 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7193 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7194 vector catch hardware to intercept
7195 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7196 @option{none} of them,
7197 or a list with one or more of the following:
7198 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7199 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7200 @end deffn
7201
7202 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7203 @cindex ARM920T
7204
7205 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7206 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7207 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7208 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7209 and ARM9 commands.
7210
7211 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7212 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7213 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7214 @end deffn
7215
7216 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7217 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7218 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7219 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7220 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7221 (Not all registers can be written.)
7222 @end deffn
7223
7224 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7225 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7226 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7227
7228 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7229 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7230 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7231 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7232 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7233 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7234 @end deffn
7235
7236 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7237 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7238 @end deffn
7239
7240 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7241 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7242 @end deffn
7243
7244 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7245 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7246
7247 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7248 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7249 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7250 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7251 and ARM9 commands.
7252
7253 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7254 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7255
7256 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7257 Print information about the caches found.
7258 @end deffn
7259
7260 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7261 @cindex ARM966E
7262
7263 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7264 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7265 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7266 and ARM9 commands.
7267
7268 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7269 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7270 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7271 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7272 ARM966E-S TRM.
7273 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7274 as required for BIST support.
7275 @end deffn
7276
7277 @subsection XScale specific commands
7278 @cindex XScale
7279
7280 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7281
7282 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7283 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7284 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7285 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7286 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7287 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7288 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7289
7290 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7291 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7292 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7293 the mini-IC.
7294
7295 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7296 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7297 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7298 code layout in memory:
7299 @example
7300 _vectors:
7301 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7302 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7303 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7304 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7305 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7306 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7307 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7308 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7309 .org 0x100
7310 .long real_reset_vector
7311 .long real_ui_handler
7312 .long real_swi_handler
7313 .long real_pf_abort
7314 .long real_data_abort
7315 .long 0 /* unused */
7316 .long real_irq_handler
7317 .long real_fiq_handler
7318 @end example
7319
7320 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7321 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7322 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7323 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7324 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7325 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7326 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7327 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7328 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7329 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7330 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7331 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7332 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7333 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7334 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7335 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7336 software.
7337
7338 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7339 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7340 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7341 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7342
7343 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7344 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7345 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7346 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7347 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7348 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7349 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7350 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7351 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7352
7353 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7354 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7355
7356 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7357 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7358 @end deffn
7359
7360 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7361 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7362 @end deffn
7363
7364 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7365 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7366 @end deffn
7367
7368 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7369 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7370 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7371 @end deffn
7372
7373 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7374 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7375 @end deffn
7376
7377 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7378 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7379 @end deffn
7380
7381 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7382 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7383 @end deffn
7384
7385 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7386 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7387 @end deffn
7388
7389 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7390 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7391 @end deffn
7392
7393 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7394 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7395 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7396 and modifying how it is emptied.
7397 @end deffn
7398
7399 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7400 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7401 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7402 The image @var{type} may be one of
7403 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7404 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7405 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7406 @end deffn
7407
7408 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7409 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7410 @cindex vector_catch
7411 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7412 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7413
7414 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7415 @example
7416 0x01 Trap Reset
7417 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7418 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7419 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7420 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7421 0x20 reserved
7422 0x40 Trap IRQ
7423 0x80 Trap FIQ
7424 @end example
7425 @end deffn
7426
7427 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7428 @cindex vector_table
7429
7430 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7431 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7432 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7433 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7434 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7435
7436 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7437
7438 @end deffn
7439
7440 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7441 @cindex ARMv6
7442
7443 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7444 @cindex ARM11
7445
7446 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7447 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7448 which is enabled by default.
7449 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7450 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7451 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7452 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7453 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7454 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7455 @end deffn
7456
7457 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7458 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7459 which is enabled by default.
7460 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7461 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7462 @end deffn
7463
7464 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7465 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7466 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7467 they are disabled by default.
7468 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7469 @end deffn
7470
7471 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7472 @cindex vector_catch
7473 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7474 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7475 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7476
7477 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7478 for certain hardware events.
7479 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7480 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7481 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7482 @end deffn
7483
7484 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7485 @cindex ARMv7
7486
7487 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7488 @cindex Debug Access Port
7489 @cindex DAP
7490 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7491 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7492 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7493
7494 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7495 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7496 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7497 @end deffn
7498
7499 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7500 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7501 @end deffn
7502
7503 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7504 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7505 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7506 @end deffn
7507
7508 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7509 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7510 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7511 @end deffn
7512
7513 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7514 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7515 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7516 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7517 @end deffn
7518
7519 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7520 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7521 Defaulting to 0.
7522 @end deffn
7523
7524 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7525 @cindex Cortex-M
7526
7527 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7528 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7529
7530 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7531 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7532 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7533 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7534 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7535 the step command leaves with the core running.
7536
7537 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7538 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7539 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7540
7541 Default is @option{auto}.
7542 @end deffn
7543
7544 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7545 @cindex vector_catch
7546 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7547 for certain hardware events.
7548
7549 Parameters request interception of
7550 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7551 @option{none} of them,
7552 or one or more of the following:
7553 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7554 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7555 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7556 @option{irq_err},
7557 @option{state_err},
7558 @option{chk_err}, or
7559 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7560 @option{reset}.
7561 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7562 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7563 are mapped to HardFault.
7564 UsageFault checks for
7565 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7566 must also be explicitly enabled.
7567
7568 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7569 @end deffn
7570
7571 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7572 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7573 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7574 @itemize @minus
7575 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7576 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7577 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7578 @end itemize
7579 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7580 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7581 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7582 the peripherals.
7583 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7584 @end deffn
7585
7586 @section Intel Architecture
7587
7588 Intel Quark X10xx is the first product in the Quark family of SoCs. It is an IA-32
7589 (Pentium x86 ISA) compatible SoC. The core CPU in the X10xx is codenamed Lakemont.
7590 Lakemont version 1 (LMT1) is used in X10xx. The CPU TAP (Lakemont TAP) is used for
7591 software debug and the CLTAP is used for SoC level operations.
7592 Useful docs are here: https://communities.intel.com/community/makers/documentation
7593 @itemize
7594 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 OpenOCD/GDB/Eclipse App Note (web search for doc num 330015)
7595 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Debug Operations User Guide (web search for doc num 329866)
7596 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Datasheet (web search for doc num 329676)
7597 @end itemize
7598
7599 @subsection x86 32-bit specific commands
7600 The three main address spaces for x86 are memory, I/O and configuration space.
7601 These commands allow a user to read and write to the 64Kbyte I/O address space.
7602
7603 @deffn Command {x86_32 idw} address
7604 Display the contents of a 32-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7605 @end deffn
7606
7607 @deffn Command {x86_32 idh} address
7608 Display the contents of a 16-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7609 @end deffn
7610
7611 @deffn Command {x86_32 idb} address
7612 Display the contents of a 8-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7613 @end deffn
7614
7615 @deffn Command {x86_32 iww} address
7616 Write the contents of a 32-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7617 @end deffn
7618
7619 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwh} address
7620 Write the contents of a 16-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7621 @end deffn
7622
7623 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwb} address
7624 Write the contents of a 8-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7625 @end deffn
7626
7627 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7628
7629 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7630 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7631
7632 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7633 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7634 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7635 @end deffn
7636 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7637 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7638
7639 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7640
7641 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7642 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7643 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7644 @end deffn
7645
7646 @subsection Registers commands
7647 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7648 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7649 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7650
7651 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7652
7653 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7654 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7655 and "timer" groups.
7656
7657 @emph{example:}
7658 @example
7659 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7660 @end example
7661
7662
7663 @end deffn
7664 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7665 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7666
7667 @emph{group} can be "system",
7668 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7669 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7670 @end deffn
7671
7672 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7673 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7674 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7675 @cindex tracing
7676 @cindex libdcc
7677 @cindex DCC
7678 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7679 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7680 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7681 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7682
7683 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7684 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7685 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7686 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7687 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7688 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7689
7690 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7691 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7692 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7693 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7694 The target being debugged may
7695 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7696 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7697 each supported by a command:
7698
7699 @itemize
7700 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7701 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7702 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7703 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7704
7705 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7706 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7707 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7708
7709 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7710 and then displayed at any time.
7711 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7712
7713 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7714 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7715 @end itemize
7716
7717 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7718 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7719 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7720 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7721 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7722 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7723 does the same thing.
7724
7725 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7726 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7727 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7728 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7729 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7730
7731 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7732 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7733 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7734 @end deffn
7735
7736 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7737 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7738 in the order they triggered.
7739 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7740 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7741 history records.
7742 @end deffn
7743
7744 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7745 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7746 they have been triggered.
7747 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7748 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7749 and associates it with that identifier.
7750
7751 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7752 are not related except by this command.
7753 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7754 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7755 @end deffn
7756
7757
7758 @node JTAG Commands
7759 @chapter JTAG Commands
7760 @cindex JTAG Commands
7761 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7762 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7763 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7764 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7765 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7766
7767 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7768 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7769
7770 @itemize @bullet
7771 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7772 devices such as a CPUs.
7773 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7774 standard state machine (in parallel)
7775 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7776 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7777 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7778 while the reading previous ones.
7779 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7780 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7781 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7782 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7783 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7784 registers.
7785 @end itemize
7786
7787 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7788
7789 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7790 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7791 the order of TAP state transitions.
7792 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7793 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7794 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7795 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7796 these commands are not available.
7797
7798 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7799 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7800 that specify the entire register.
7801 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7802 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7803 The return value holds the original value of each
7804 of those fields.
7805
7806 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7807 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7808 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7809 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7810 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7811
7812 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7813 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7814
7815 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7816 in that state.
7817 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7818 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7819 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7820
7821 @quotation Warning
7822 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7823 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7824 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7825 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7826 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7827 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7828 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7829 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7830 @end quotation
7831 @end deffn
7832
7833 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7834 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7835 This may be used for performance tuning.
7836
7837 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7838 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7839 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7840 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7841 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7842 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7843 @end deffn
7844
7845 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7846 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7847 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7848 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7849 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7850 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7851
7852 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7853 in that state.
7854 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7855 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7856 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7857
7858 @quotation Note
7859 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7860 register values, unlike data register values.
7861 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7862 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7863 @end quotation
7864 @end deffn
7865
7866 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7867 Set values of reset signals.
7868 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7869 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7870 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7871 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7872 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7873 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7874 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7875
7876 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7877 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7878 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7879 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7880 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7881 instead of the TRST signal.
7882 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7883 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7884 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7885 with handlers for that event.
7886 @end deffn
7887
7888 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7889 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7890 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7891 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7892 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7893 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7894 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7895 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7896 The final state must also be stable.
7897 @end deffn
7898
7899 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7900 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7901 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7902 Instructions often need some time
7903 to execute before they take effect.
7904 @end deffn
7905
7906 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7907 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7908
7909 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7910 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7911 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7912 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7913 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7914 @end deffn
7915
7916 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7917 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7918 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7919 must also be enabled.
7920 Default is enabled.
7921 @end deffn
7922
7923 @section TAP state names
7924 @cindex TAP state names
7925
7926 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7927 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7928 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7929 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7930
7931 @itemize @bullet
7932 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7933 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7934 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7935 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7936 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7937 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7938 through the data register
7939 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7940 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7941 for update or more shifting
7942 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7943 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7944 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7945 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7946 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7947 through the instruction register
7948 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7949 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7950 for update or more shifting
7951 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7952 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7953 @end itemize
7954
7955 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7956 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7957 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7958 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7959
7960 @itemize @bullet
7961 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7962 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7963 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7964 may not be as expected.
7965 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7966 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7967 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7968 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7969 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7970 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7971 @end itemize
7972
7973 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7974 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7975
7976 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7977 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7978 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7979 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7980
7981 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7982 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7983 @cindex SVF
7984
7985 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7986 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7987 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7988 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7989
7990 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7991 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7992 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7993 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7994 each command is logged before it is executed.
7995 @end deffn
7996
7997 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7998 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7999 @cindex XSVF
8000
8001 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
8002 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
8003 Xilinx devices.
8004 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
8005 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
8006
8007 @quotation Important
8008 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
8009 @end quotation
8010
8011 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
8012 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
8013 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
8014 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
8015 that TAP.
8016 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
8017 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
8018 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
8019 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
8020 @end deffn
8021
8022 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
8023 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
8024 after building the software.
8025 You may find them useful:
8026
8027 @itemize
8028 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
8029 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
8030 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
8031 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
8032 @end itemize
8033
8034 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
8035 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
8036 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
8037 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
8038 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
8039 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
8040 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
8041
8042
8043 @node Utility Commands
8044 @chapter Utility Commands
8045 @cindex Utility Commands
8046
8047 @section RAM testing
8048 @cindex RAM testing
8049
8050 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
8051 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
8052 testing procedures allowing the detection of all sorts of issues with
8053 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
8054 hardware problems.
8055
8056 To use them, you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first;
8057 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
8058 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
8059 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
8060
8061 Load the memory testing functions with
8062
8063 @example
8064 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
8065 @end example
8066
8067 to get access to the following facilities:
8068
8069 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
8070 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
8071 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
8072 @end deffn
8073
8074 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
8075 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
8076 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
8077 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
8078 @end deffn
8079
8080 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
8081 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
8082 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
8083 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
8084 @end deffn
8085
8086 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
8087 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
8088 @end deffn
8089
8090 @section Firmware recovery helpers
8091 @cindex Firmware recovery
8092
8093 OpenOCD includes an easy-to-use script to facilitate mass-market
8094 devices recovery with JTAG.
8095
8096 For quickstart instructions run:
8097 @example
8098 openocd -f tools/firmware-recovery.tcl -c firmware_help
8099 @end example
8100
8101 @node TFTP
8102 @chapter TFTP
8103 @cindex TFTP
8104 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host (as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
8105 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
8106
8107 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
8108 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
8109 server (tftpd). For example,
8110
8111 @example
8112 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
8113 @end example
8114
8115 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
8116 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
8117
8118 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
8119 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
8120 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
8121 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
8122
8123 @node GDB and OpenOCD
8124 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
8125 @cindex GDB
8126 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol and, as such, can be used
8127 to debug remote targets.
8128 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8129
8130 @itemize
8131 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8132 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8133 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8134 as shown in this chapter.
8135 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8136 that also will probably need to be configured.
8137 @end itemize
8138
8139 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8140 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8141 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8142 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8143 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8144 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8145
8146 @section Connecting to GDB
8147 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8148 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8149 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8150 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8151 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8152
8153 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8154
8155 @enumerate
8156 @item
8157 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8158 @example
8159 target remote localhost:3333
8160 @end example
8161 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8162
8163 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8164 @example
8165 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8166 @end example
8167 @item
8168 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8169 @example
8170 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8171 @end example
8172 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8173 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8174 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8175 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8176 @end enumerate
8177
8178 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8179 GDB command line.
8180
8181 @section Sample GDB session startup
8182
8183 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8184 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8185 Here's an example showing how to start a debug session with a
8186 small ARM program.
8187 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8188 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8189
8190 @example
8191 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8192 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8193 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8194 ...
8195 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8196 ...
8197 (gdb) load
8198 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8199 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8200 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8201 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8202 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8203 (gdb) continue
8204 Continuing.
8205 ...
8206 @end example
8207
8208 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8209 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8210 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8211 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8212
8213 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8214
8215 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8216 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8217 packet size and the device's memory map.
8218 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8219 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8220 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8221
8222 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8223 You may need to set those up by hand.
8224 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8225 something like:
8226
8227 @example
8228 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8229 @end example
8230
8231 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8232
8233 @example
8234 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8235 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8236 @end example
8237
8238 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8239 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8240 do not have such restrictions.
8241
8242 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8243 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8244 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8245
8246 @example
8247 define hook-step
8248 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8249 end
8250 define hookpost-step
8251 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8252 end
8253 @end example
8254
8255 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8256 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8257 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8258 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8259
8260 @section Programming using GDB
8261 @cindex Programming using GDB
8262 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8263
8264 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8265 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8266 @example
8267 gdb_memory_map disable
8268 @end example
8269 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8270 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8271 working area.
8272
8273 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8274 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8275 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8276 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8277
8278 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}.
8279 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8280
8281 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8282 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8283 @example
8284 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8285 @end example
8286
8287 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8288 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8289
8290 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8291 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8292 will be used.
8293
8294 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8295 script can be executed:
8296 @example
8297 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8298 @end example
8299
8300 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8301 can be used.
8302 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8303 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8304 @cindex SMP
8305 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8306 @itemize @bullet
8307 @item j - smp status request
8308 @item J - smp set request
8309 @end itemize
8310
8311 OpenOCD implements :
8312 @itemize @bullet
8313 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8314 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8315 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8316 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8317 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8318 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8319 @end itemize
8320
8321 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8322 @itemize @bullet
8323 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8324 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8325 @example
8326 set $_core 1
8327 #Jc01 packet is sent
8328 print $_core
8329 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8330 @end example
8331
8332 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8333 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8334
8335 @example
8336 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8337 define toggle0
8338 maint packet Jc0
8339 continue
8340 main packet Jc-1
8341 end
8342 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8343 define toggle1
8344 maint packet Jc1
8345 continue
8346 main packet Jc-1
8347 end
8348 @end example
8349 @end itemize
8350
8351 @section RTOS Support
8352 @cindex RTOS Support
8353 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8354
8355 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8356 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8357
8358 @* An example setup is below:
8359
8360 @example
8361 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8362 @end example
8363
8364 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8365
8366 Currently supported rtos's include:
8367 @itemize @bullet
8368 @item @option{eCos}
8369 @item @option{ThreadX}
8370 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8371 @item @option{linux}
8372 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8373 @item @option{embKernel}
8374 @end itemize
8375
8376 @quotation Note
8377 Before an RTOS can be detected, it must export certain symbols; otherwise, it cannot
8378 be used by OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8379 @end quotation
8380
8381 @table @code
8382 @item eCos symbols
8383 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8384 @item ThreadX symbols
8385 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8386 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8387 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8388 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8389 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8390 @item linux symbols
8391 init_task.
8392 @item ChibiOS symbols
8393 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8394 @item embKernel symbols
8395 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8396 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8397 @end table
8398
8399 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8400 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8401 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8402
8403 @node Tcl Scripting API
8404 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8405 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8406 @cindex Tcl scripts
8407 @section API rules
8408
8409 Tcl commands are stateless; e.g. the @command{telnet} command has
8410 a concept of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort
8411 of state information as an argument to each proc.
8412
8413 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8414 pair list and lists.
8415
8416 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8417 list.
8418
8419 @example
8420 > set foo(me) Duane
8421 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8422 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8423 > set foo(duck) Donald
8424 @end example
8425
8426 If one does this:
8427
8428 @example
8429 > set foo
8430 @end example
8431
8432 The result is:
8433
8434 @example
8435 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8436 @end example
8437
8438 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8439
8440 @verbatim
8441 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8442 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8443 }
8444 @end verbatim
8445
8446 Lists returned should be relatively small. Otherwise, a range
8447 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8448
8449 @section Internal low-level Commands
8450
8451 By "low-level," we mean commands that a human would typically not
8452 invoke directly.
8453
8454 Some low-level commands need to be prefixed with "ocd_"; e.g.
8455 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8456 is the low-level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8457
8458 @itemize @bullet
8459 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8460
8461 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8462 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8463
8464 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8465 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8466
8467 Return information about the flash banks
8468
8469 @item @b{capture} <@var{command}>
8470
8471 Run <@var{command}> and return full log output that was produced during
8472 its execution. Example:
8473
8474 @example
8475 > capture "reset init"
8476 @end example
8477
8478 @end itemize
8479
8480 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8481 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8482 called "flash_banks".
8483
8484 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8485
8486 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8487 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8488 holds one of the following values:
8489
8490 @itemize @bullet
8491 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8492 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8493 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8494 @item @b{openbsd} Running under OpenBSD
8495 @item @b{netbsd} Running under NetBSD
8496 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8497 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8498 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8499 @item @b{ecos} Running under eCos
8500 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8501 @end itemize
8502
8503 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8504
8505 @quotation Note
8506 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8507 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8508 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8509 is jim, not real tcl).
8510 @end quotation
8511
8512 @section Tcl RPC server
8513 @cindex RPC
8514
8515 OpenOCD provides a simple RPC server that allows to run arbitrary Tcl
8516 commands and receive the results.
8517
8518 To access it, your application needs to connect to a configured TCP port
8519 (see @command{tcl_port}). Then it can pass any string to the
8520 interpreter terminating it with @code{0x1a} and wait for the return
8521 value (it will be terminated with @code{0x1a} as well). This can be
8522 repeated as many times as desired without reopening the connection.
8523
8524 Remember that most of the OpenOCD commands need to be prefixed with
8525 @code{ocd_} to get the results back. Sometimes you might also need the
8526 @command{capture} command.
8527
8528 See @file{contrib/rpc_examples/} for specific client implementations.
8529
8530 @node FAQ
8531 @chapter FAQ
8532 @cindex faq
8533 @enumerate
8534 @anchor{faqrtck}
8535 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8536 @cindex RTCK
8537 @cindex adaptive clocking
8538 @*
8539
8540 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8541 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8542 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8543 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8544
8545 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8546 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8547 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8548 @enumerate
8549 @item
8550 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8551 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8552 @item
8553 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8554 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8555 @end enumerate
8556
8557 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8558 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8559 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8560 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8561 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8562 power).
8563
8564 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8565 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8566 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8567 ARM926 scenario).
8568 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8569 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8570 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8571
8572 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8573 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8574 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8575 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8576
8577 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8578
8579 In order to make use of this,
8580 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8581 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8582
8583 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8584 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8585 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8586 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8587 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8588
8589 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8590 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8591 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8592 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8593
8594 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8595 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8596 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8597 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8598 with a CPLD.
8599 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8600 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8601 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8602 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8603 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8604 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8605
8606 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8607
8608 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8609
8610 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8611 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8612 depending on the chips on your board.
8613 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8614 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8615 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8616
8617 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8618 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8619 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8620
8621 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8622 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8623 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8624 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8625
8626 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8627 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8628 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8629 this way.
8630
8631 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8632 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8633 clock rate.
8634 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8635 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8636 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8637
8638 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8639
8640 @example
8641 # Example: 1.234MHz
8642 adapter_khz 1234
8643 @end example
8644
8645
8646 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8647
8648 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8649 around Windows filenames.
8650
8651 @example
8652 > echo \a
8653
8654 > echo @{\a@}
8655 \a
8656 > echo "\a"
8657
8658 >
8659 @end example
8660
8661
8662 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8663
8664 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8665 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8666 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8667
8668 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8669 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8670 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8671
8672 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8673 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8674 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8675
8676 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8677
8678 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8679 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8680 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8681 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8682
8683 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8684 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8685 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8686
8687 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8688 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8689
8690 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8691 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8692 memory read caused data abort".
8693
8694 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8695 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8696 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8697 be done, feel free to add this here.
8698
8699 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8700 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8701 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8702 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8703 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8704 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8705 gracefully stops.
8706
8707 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8708 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8709 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8710
8711 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8712 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8713 bytes. Painful...
8714
8715
8716 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8717 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8718
8719 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8720 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8721 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8722 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8723 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8724 reset, everything else should work fine.
8725
8726 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8727 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8728 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8729 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8730
8731 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8732 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8733 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8734 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8735
8736 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8737
8738 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8739 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8740 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8741 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8742
8743 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8744 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8745 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8746 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8747
8748 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8749 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8750 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8751
8752 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8753 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8754
8755 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8756 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8757 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8758 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8759 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8760 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8761 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8762 clock frequency?
8763
8764 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8765 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8766 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8767 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8768 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8769
8770 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8771
8772 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8773 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8774 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8775 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8776 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8777 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8778 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8779
8780 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8781
8782 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8783 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8784 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8785 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8786
8787 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8788 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8789 particular order?
8790
8791 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8792 the same order used by the hardware.
8793
8794 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8795 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8796 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8797 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8798 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8799 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8800
8801 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8802 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8803 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8804 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8805
8806 @itemize @bullet
8807 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8808 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8809 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8810 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8811 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8812 @end itemize
8813
8814 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8815
8816 @itemize @bullet
8817 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8818 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8819 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8820 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8821 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8822 @end itemize
8823
8824
8825 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8826 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8827 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8828
8829 TODO.
8830
8831 @end enumerate
8832
8833 @node Tcl Crash Course
8834 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8835 @cindex Tcl
8836
8837 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8838 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8839 how the Tcl scripts work.
8840
8841 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8842 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8843 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8844 OpenOCD.
8845
8846 @section Tcl Rule #1
8847 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8848 @enumerate
8849 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8850 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8851 @end enumerate
8852
8853 The Tcl equal is this:
8854
8855 @enumerate
8856 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8857 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8858 @end enumerate
8859
8860 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8861 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8862
8863 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8864 There is a second pair of rules.
8865 @enumerate
8866 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8867 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8868 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8869 in Tcl.
8870 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8871 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8872 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8873 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8874 @end enumerate
8875
8876 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8877 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8878 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8879 Everything is a string}
8880
8881 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8882 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8883 difference is subtle.
8884 @enumerate
8885 @item Parse Time
8886 @item Evaluation Time
8887 @end enumerate
8888
8889 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8890 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8891 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8892
8893 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8894 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8895 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8896 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8897
8898 @itemize @bullet
8899 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8900 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8901 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8902 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8903 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8904 @example
8905 # bash example
8906 X=`date`
8907 echo "The Date is: $X"
8908 # Tcl example
8909 set X [date]
8910 puts "The Date is: $X"
8911 @end example
8912 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8913 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8914 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8915 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8916 is a string}
8917 @example
8918 set x "Dinner"
8919 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8920 @end example
8921 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8922 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8923 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8924 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8925 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8926 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8927 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8928 @end itemize
8929
8930 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8931
8932 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8933
8934 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8935
8936 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8937 the normal way.
8938
8939 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8940 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8941 line is immedatly executed.
8942
8943 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8944 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8945
8946 @subsection Command Execution
8947
8948 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8949 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8950 control flow operators.
8951
8952 Commands are executed like this:
8953
8954 @enumerate
8955 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8956 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8957 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8958 @end enumerate
8959
8960 It sort of works like this:
8961 @example
8962 for(;;)@{
8963 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8964
8965 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8966
8967 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8968 @}
8969 @end example
8970
8971 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8972 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8973 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8974 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8975 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8976 ``LookupCommand()''
8977
8978 @subsection The FOR command
8979
8980 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8981 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8982 command just like any other command.
8983
8984 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8985 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8986 are:
8987
8988 @enumerate 0
8989 @item The ascii text 'for'
8990 @item The start text
8991 @item The test expression
8992 @item The next text
8993 @item The body text
8994 @end enumerate
8995
8996 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8997 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8998 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8999 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
9000
9001 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
9002 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
9003
9004 @example
9005 int
9006 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
9007 int *argc,
9008 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
9009 @end example
9010
9011 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
9012 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
9013 still operates in the same basic way.
9014
9015 @subsection FOR command implementation
9016
9017 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
9018 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
9019
9020 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
9021
9022 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
9023
9024 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
9025 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
9026 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
9027
9028 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
9029 expression and returns a value.
9030
9031 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
9032 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
9033 @example
9034 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
9035
9036 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
9037
9038 int
9039 MyForCommand( void *interp,
9040 int argc,
9041 char **argv )
9042 @{
9043 if( argc != 5 )@{
9044 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
9045 return ERROR;
9046 @}
9047
9048 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
9049
9050 // Execute the start statement.
9051 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
9052
9053 // Top of loop test
9054 for(;;)@{
9055 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
9056 if( i == 0 )
9057 break;
9058
9059 // Execute the body
9060 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
9061
9062 // Execute the LOOP part
9063 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
9064 @}
9065
9066 // Return no error
9067 SetResult( interp, "" );
9068 return SUCCESS;
9069 @}
9070 @end example
9071
9072 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
9073 in the same basic way.
9074
9075 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
9076
9077 @subsection source and find commands
9078 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
9079 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
9080 @*Remember the parsing rules
9081 @enumerate
9082 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
9083 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
9084 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
9085 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
9086 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
9087 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
9088 That character begins Tcl comments.)
9089 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
9090 it reads a file and executes as a script.
9091 @end enumerate
9092 @subsection format command
9093 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
9094 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
9095 @b{sprintf()}.
9096 @b{Example}
9097 @example
9098 set x 6
9099 set y 7
9100 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
9101 @end example
9102 @enumerate
9103 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
9104 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
9105 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
9106 @* Refer to Rule #1
9107 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
9108 @* Refer to Rule #1.
9109 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
9110 @end enumerate
9111 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
9112 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
9113 @example
9114 #1 Good
9115 proc someproc @{@} @{
9116 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
9117 @}
9118 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
9119 #2 Good - no variables
9120 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
9121 #3 Good Curly Braces
9122 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
9123 puts "Time: [date]"
9124 @}
9125 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
9126 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
9127 @end example
9128 @enumerate
9129 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
9130 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
9131 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
9132 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
9133 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
9134 command.
9135 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
9136 @*There are 4 examples:
9137 @enumerate
9138 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
9139 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
9140 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
9141 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
9142 @end enumerate
9143
9144 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
9145 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
9146 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
9147
9148 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
9149 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
9150 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
9151 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
9152 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
9153 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
9154 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
9155 @end enumerate
9156 @subsection Global Variables
9157 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
9158 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
9159 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
9160 @example
9161 proc myproc @{ @} @{
9162 set y 0 #Local variable Y
9163 global x #Global variable X
9164 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9165 @}
9166 @end example
9167 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9168 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9169 @example
9170 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9171 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9172 # Create var name
9173 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9174 # Make it a global
9175 global $vn
9176 # Set it.
9177 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9178 @}
9179 @end example
9180 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9181 @example
9182 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9183 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9184 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9185 @}
9186 @end example
9187
9188 @include fdl.texi
9189
9190 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9191 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9192 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9193 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9194 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9195 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9196
9197 @printindex cp
9198
9199 @node Command and Driver Index
9200 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
9201 @printindex fn
9202
9203 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)